JP7248075B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko machine having a game board.

As a game machine, for example, there is a pachinko game machine that has a game board with a game area formed on its front surface. This game board is a plate-shaped member, and on the front side thereof , there are many obstructing nails, guide rails forming a game area, prize-winning devices for detecting game balls, decorative members for decorating the surface of the game board, and the like. , are arranged (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2013-027591 A

Here, in the game machine as exemplified above, it is necessary to improve the attachment performance of parts to the game board, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine capable of improving the attachment performance of parts to a game board.

In order to achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 comprises a plate body forming a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, a first part fixed to the front side of the plate body, and a first part . , wherein the first part and the second part are each a game area side portion provided on the game area side of the plate body. and a plate-side insertion portion provided on the plate-side , and the plate includes at least a first-shaped hole formed to allow insertion of the plate-side insertion portion , and the first-shaped hole. a second shape hole having a different shape , wherein the second shape hole allows the second component to be inserted into the plate body side at a hole edge of the second shape hole when the second component is attached to the plate body. and the first shape hole is formed in the second part in the case of attaching the second part to the second shape hole when the first part is attached to the plate body. The edge of the first shape hole and the plate side insertion portion of the first component are configured to have a shape that is less likely to come into contact with the plate side insertion portion and the second shape hole, or the When the first part is attached to the plate, the hole edge of the first shaped hole and the plate body side insertion portion of the first part are configured so as not to come into contact with each other, and the second part includes the first part. It is a part that is lighter than the part .

According to the gaming machine of claim 1, a plate body forming a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, and a first part and a second part fixed to the front side of the plate body . wherein the first part and the second part are respectively a game area side portion provided on the game area side of the plate body and the plate body a plate-side insertion portion provided on the side of the plate, wherein the plate includes at least a first-shaped hole formed so that the plate- side insertion portion can be inserted; and a shaped hole , wherein the second shaped hole is capable of contacting the plate body side insertion portion of the second component at a hole edge of the second shaped hole when the second component is attached to the plate body. and the first shaped hole is the plate body side insertion portion of the second component when the second component is attached to the second shaped hole when the first component is attached to the plate body. The hole edge of the first shape hole and the plate body side insertion portion of the first component are configured to have a shape that is less likely to come into contact with the second shape hole, or the first component is the The hole edge of the first shaped hole and the plate side insertion portion of the first part are configured so as not to come into contact with each other when attached to a plate, and the second part is a part lighter than the first part. There is . As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the mounting performance of parts to the game board.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention; FIG. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine. 1 is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine; FIG. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the configuration of a main display unit arranged on a game board, (a) is a front view of the main display unit, and (b) is a main display unit seen from the IVb line direction of (a). , (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line IVc-IVc of (a), and (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (c). It is a diagram showing the configuration of the starting winning opening unit disposed on the game board, (a) is a front view of the starting winning opening unit, (b) is the starting viewed from the Vb line direction of (a) FIG. 4C is a top view of the winning opening unit, (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line Vc-Vc of (a), and (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (c). FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the configuration of a through gate arranged on a game board, (a) is a front view of the through gate, and (b) is a top view of the through gate seen from the VIb line direction of (a). , and (c) is a sectional view taken along line VIc--VIc of (a). FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining a through gate, a main display unit, and a starting prize winning port unit arranged on a game board, (a) is an enlarged front view of the through gate on the game board, and (b) is ( a) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line VIIb-VIIb, (c) is an enlarged front view of a portion of the main display unit on the game board, and (d) is a schematic view taken along line VIId-VIId of (c). (e) is an enlarged front view of a part of the start winning opening unit, and (f) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIIf-VIIf of (e). 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a schematic diagram showing the flow of the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine. It is a schematic diagram showing the flow of the manufacturing process of the game board. FIG. 4 is a diagram schematically showing a positioning punch that forms positioning holes for each component in the manufacturing process of the game board; 1 is a diagram showing the configuration of a straight pin, where (a) is a schematic front view of the straight pin, (b) is a schematic side view of the straight pin, and (c) is a schematic diagram of the straight pin. It is a bottom view. It is a figure which shows the structure of a taper pin, (a) is a schematic front view of a taper pin, (b) is a schematic side view of a taper pin, (c) is a schematic bottom view of a taper pin. . 1 is a diagram showing the configuration of a hybrid pin, where (a) is a schematic front view of the hybrid pin, (b) is a schematic side view of the hybrid pin, and (c) is a schematic view of the hybrid pin. It is a bottom view. FIG. 4 is a diagram schematically showing a first transporting step of transporting the game board in the manufacturing process of the game board; FIG. 4 is a diagram schematically showing a screwing machine for screwing and fixing each part to the game board in the manufacturing process of the game board; FIG. 10 is a front view of the game board before a part positioning hole forming process is performed; 17A is an enlarged front view of XVIIIa in FIG. 17, and FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view of line XVIIIb-XVIIIb in FIG. c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIIIc-XVIIIc of (a). FIG. 10 is a front view of the game board after the part positioning hole forming process has been performed; 19A is an enlarged front view of XXa in FIG. 19, FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXb-XXb of FIG. 19A, and FIG. is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXc-XXc of (a), (d) is an enlarged view of XXd of (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXe of (c). 4 is a table showing relationships between straight pins and shapes of main display positioning holes formed by the straight pins. FIG. 20 is a diagram showing the configuration of a starting positioning hole, where (a) is an enlarged front view of XXIIa in FIG. 19, (b) is a cross-sectional view along line XXIIb-XXIIb of (a), and (c) , XXIIc-XXIIc line of (a), (d) is an enlarged view of XXIId of (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXIIe of (c). 4 is a table showing the relationship between taper pins and the shapes of starting positioning holes drilled and formed by the taper pins. It is a table showing the types of errors occurring in the game board manufacturing process, the main effects of the errors, their causes, whether or not they can be corrected, and their importance. FIG. 10 is a front view of a through gate showing an example of failure in screwing by a screwing machine; FIG. 20 is a diagram showing the configuration of through positioning holes, where (a) is an enlarged front view of XXVIa in FIG. 19, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVIb-XXVIb of (a), and (c) is , XXVIc-XXVIc line of (a), (d) is an enlarged view of XXVId of (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXVIe of (c). 4 is a table showing shapes of through positioning holes formed by hybrid pins; FIG. 4 is a front view of the game board after the game nail setting process and the rail and windmill setting process have been performed; It is a front view of the game board after the first conveying process is performed. It is a front view of the game board after the first screwing process and the second conveying process are performed. (a) is a table showing evaluation items, content and points for each item when evaluating pin suitability, and (b) is a table showing pin types based on the total score of pin suitability evaluation points. be. 1 is a list of parts in which positioning holes are drilled and formed using straight pins; 1 is a list of parts in which positioning holes are drilled and formed using tapered pins; 1 is a list of parts in which positioning holes are drilled and formed using hybrid pins; It is a diagram showing the configuration of the starting winning opening unit in the second embodiment, (a) is a front view of the starting winning opening unit of the second embodiment, (b) is the XXXVb line direction of (a) 10 is a top view of the start-up winning port unit of the second embodiment as seen from above, (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXVc-XXXVc of (a), and (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (c). (e) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXVe-XXXVe of (a), and (f) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (e). It is the table|surface which showed the pin suitability of the starting prize-winning mouth unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is a front view of the center frame in 3rd Embodiment. FIG. 11 is a table showing pin suitability of the second center frame in the third embodiment; FIG. It is a figure showing the structure of a hybrid pin for forming a positioning hole in the game board base in the fourth embodiment, (a) is a front view of the hybrid pin, (b) is a side view of the hybrid pin FIG. 2C is a bottom view of the hybrid pin; FIG.

<First embodiment>
DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS A first embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as "pachinko machine") 10 will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, referring to FIG. 1, the external configuration of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment will be described. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG.

The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. and an inner frame 12 supported so as to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 12, the outer frame 11 is provided with metal hinges 18 at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1). A frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side (front side). When the inner frame 12 is closed, the inner frame 12 is locked with respect to the outer frame 11 .

The inner frame 12 is made of a synthetic resin, specifically an acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (hereinafter abbreviated as "ABS") resin. ABS resin is suitable as a constituent material of the inner frame 12 because of its low material cost, good adhesion of plating, etc., excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance.

The inner frame 12 has a game board 13 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later, provided with a large number of game nails and various winning slots 3a, 4a, 5a, etc. It is detachably attached to the A pinball game is performed by the balls flowing down the front surface of the game board 13 . The inner frame 12 includes a ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 8) that shoots a ball to the front area of the game board 13, and a shooting rail that guides the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. (not shown) etc. are attached.

A door frame 14 covering the front upper side of the inner frame 12 and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side thereof are provided on the front side of the inner frame 12.例文帳に追加In order to support the door frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinges 19 are provided serves as an axis for opening and closing the door. A frame 14 and a lower tray unit 15 are supported toward the front side so that they can be opened and closed. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the door frame 14 (and the lower tray unit 15) are each unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation. The pachinko machine 10 also includes a door opening switch (not shown) for detecting that either the inner frame 12 or the door frame 14 (and the lower tray unit 15) is unlocked and opened (the door is opened). ) are provided.

The door frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, and the like, and has a window portion 14a having a substantially elliptical opening at its substantially central portion. A glass unit 16 having two glasses is arranged on the back side of the door frame 14, and the front side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.例文帳に追加

An upper tray 17 for storing balls projects forward from the door frame 14 and is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination guides the ball thrown into the upper tray 17 to the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 8). A frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the upper surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is a button that is pressed by the player, for example, when changing the stage of an effect displayed on a special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. In addition, the frame button 22 is also used as an operation button for allowing the player to select the content of the so-called super ready-to-win effect, which is one mode of variable display.

The variable display is an effect displayed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3). Executed when a ball is entered (starting winning), symbols (special symbols to be described later) are variably displayed for a predetermined period of time, and then the combination of the symbols stopped and displayed results in a lottery for the starting winning. This is an effect for presenting (whether it is a big hit or not) to the player.

A stage is an effect mode in which various effects displayed on the special pattern display device 81 are unified. A stage is provided. Various effects such as the variable display described above and the ready-to-reach effect executed during the variable display are designed to be performed in accordance with the theme given to each stage.

The stage is changed when the player presses the frame button 22 during a period when the variable display is not performed or during a high-speed variation in which the special symbols are displayed in a high-speed variable manner so that the player cannot see them. , every time the frame button 22 is operated, the stage is repeatedly changed in the order of "town stage"→"empty stage"→"island stage"→"town stage"→ . In addition, immediately after the power is turned on, the initial stage is set to "town stage".

Further, when the normal ready-to-win production is started in the variable display performed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), when the normal ready-to-win is developed into the super ready-to-win, the selection screen of the super ready-to-win production mode during the normal ready-to-win. is displayed on the special symbol display device 81.

On the selection screen, a plurality of effect mode candidates that can be selected as the super ready-to-win effect mode are displayed, and one of the effect mode candidates is selected. When the frame button 22 is pressed by the player while the selection screen is displayed, the selected effect mode candidate is changed. Then, the super ready-to-win effect mode is determined based on the effect mode candidate selected when developing to super ready-to-win, and super ready-to-win is executed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) according to the effect mode. be.

In the present embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed. , rearward, rightward and leftward). Then, based on the direction in which the control lever is tilted, the selection of the production stage may be changed, or the super ready-to-win production mode may be selected.

Light-emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the door frame 14 (for example, corner portions). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking in response to changes in the game state such as when a big win is made or when a predetermined ready-to-win state is reached, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. For example, the periphery of the window 14a is provided with illumination parts 29 to 33 containing light emitting means such as light emitting diodes (hereinafter abbreviated as "LED"). In the pachinko machine 10, these electric decoration parts 29 to 33 function as production lamps such as big win lamps, and the respective electric decoration parts 29 to 33 are lit by lighting or blinking of built-in LEDs at the time of a big win or a ready-to-win production. Alternatively, it flashes to indicate that the jackpot is in progress or that the player is in the process of reaching one step before the jackpot. In the upper left part of the door frame 14 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), there is provided a display lamp 34 which has a built-in light emitting means such as an LED and can indicate when the prize balls are being paid out and when an error has occurred.

A small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the door frame 14 can be visually recognized on the lower side of the right electrical decoration part 32, and a pasting space K1 on the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3). ) is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more splendor, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin, which is plated with chrome, is attached to the area around the electric decorations 29-33.

A ball rental operation unit 40 is arranged below the window portion 14a. The ball rental operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41 , a ball rental button 42 and a return button 43 . When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with banknotes, cards, etc. inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the balls are released according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display section 41 is an area in which the balance information of the card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on to display the remaining amount in numbers as the balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain lending balls based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and lending balls are supplied to the top tray 17 as long as the card or the like has a balance. be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit.

A pachinko machine in which balls are directly lent to the upper tray 17 from a ball leasing device or the like without going through the card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine, does not require the ball leasing operation unit 40. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation portion to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to achieve commonality between a pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine.

In the lower tray unit 15 positioned below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. there is On the right side of the lower tray 50, there is provided an operation handle 51 which is operated by the player in order to hit the ball onto the front surface of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3). (See FIG. 8), a touch sensor 51a for permitting driving, a push-button type stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball while the pressing operation is being performed, and a rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. and a variable resistor (not shown) that detects changes in electrical resistance.

When the operating handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the amount of operation. A ball is shot with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes with the movement of the ball, and is thereby hit to the front surface of the game board 13 with a flight amount corresponding to the player's operation. The ball shooting interval of the ball shooting unit 112a is set at about 0.6 seconds. Further, when the operating handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball extraction lever 52 is provided at the lower front portion of the lower tray 50 for operation when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. The ball extracting lever 52 is always biased to the right, and when it is slid to the left against the bias, the bottom opening formed in the bottom of the lower tray 50 is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball extracting lever 52 is normally performed with a box (generally called a "senryo box") placed below the lower tray 50 to receive the balls ejected from the lower tray 50 . The operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower tray 50 as described above, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower tray 50 .

Next, the rear structure of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly provided with control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 . The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 as a unit. In addition, each control board has a micro-processing unit (Micro-Processing Unit, hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer responsible for each control, a port for contacting various devices, and various lotteries. A random number generator used in actual operation, a clock pulse generation circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. are mounted as necessary.

The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113, the display control device 114, the payout control device 111, the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . Each of the board boxes 100 to 104 has a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate each controller and each board.

In addition, the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and firing control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover in an unopenable manner (caulking structure) by a sealing unit (not shown). consolidation). A sealing seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is peeled off in order to open the circuit board boxes 100, 102, or if the circuit board boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base and the box cover may be damaged. cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100, 102 have been opened.

The dispensing unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and open upward, a tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a tank rail 131 downstream of the tank rail 131. and a payout device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132, which pays out balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 8). ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall, and a payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131 .

The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor control knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erasure switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate ball clogging (return to normal state) when a dispensing error such as a ball clogging in the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 8) occurs. The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of a firing solenoid (not shown) provided in the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 8). The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when the pachinko machine 10 is to be returned to its initial state.

Next, the details of the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 3 is a front view showing the configuration of the game board 13 attached to the inner frame 12. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the game board 13 is constructed by attaching a cell sheet 60a printed with a design or pattern to the front side (front side) of a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front. ing. An inner rail 61, an outer rail 62 and a right corner decoration 70 are assembled on the front side of the base plate 60 to which the cell sheet 60a is attached to form a game area. The central portion of the front surface of the game board 13 can be seen from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14a of the door frame 14 (see FIG. 1).

A strip-shaped metal plate is provided on the front surface of the game board 13 (the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a; hereinafter, the base board 60 and the cell sheet 60a may be collectively referred to as the "game board 13"). An outer rail 62 formed by bending into an arc shape is planted, and an arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed of a band-shaped metal plate like the outer rail 62 is planted on the inner side of the outer rail 62. - 特許庁. The inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the right corner decoration 70 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13. A glass unit (not shown) is provided on the back side of the game board 13 and the door frame 14. ), a game area is formed on the front surface of the game board 13 in which a game is played by the behavior of the balls. That is, the game area is the front surface of the game board 13 and is a substantially circular area defined by the two rails 61 and 62 and the right corner decoration 70 (where a winning opening is arranged and a shot is fired). area where the ball flows down).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 8) to the upper part of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip portion of the inner rail 61 .

The return ball prevention member 68 includes a base portion 68a (hereinafter referred to as "return base portion 68a") for the return ball prevention member 68 and an opening/closing plate 68b (hereinafter referred to as "return opening/closing plate 68b") for the return ball prevention member 68. ) and In the normal state, when the return opening/closing plate 68b reduces (closes) the exit of the ball guiding area sandwiched between the two rails 61 and 62, and the ball is guided from the ball guiding area to the upper part of the game board 13, , the momentum of the ball rotates the return opening/closing plate 68b to enlarge (open) the exit of the ball guide area.

Specifically, the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a and guided by the ball guide area collides with the surface of the return opening/closing plate 68b on the ball guide area side. By rotating the return opening/closing plate 68b by the momentum of the ball itself, the exit of the ball guiding area is enlarged, and the ball moves to the upper game area of the game board 13 . The return opening/closing plate 68b that has expanded the exit of the ball guiding area is then moved in a direction to reduce (close) the exit of the ball guiding area by a weight member (not shown) disposed inside the return opening/closing plate 68b. Rotate again to reduce (close) the outlet of the ball guide area.

On the other hand, the return opening/closing plate 68b is restricted from rotating by the regulating wall portion provided in the return ball preventing member 68, except when the ball collides with the surface on the ball guide area side. , is configured to keep the outlet of the sphere guide area contracted (closed). As a result, the ball once guided to the upper part of the game area of the game board 13 collides with the surface of the return opening/closing plate 68b on the game area side and bounces back to the game area side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the ball that has flowed into the game area from returning to the ball guide area again.

A return base portion 68a of the return ball prevention member 68 is made of transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resins are low in material cost, have transparency, are excellent in decorativeness, and have high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the return base portion 68a, which is visible to the player who plays the game and is frequently hit by balls.

Further, since the return base portion 68a is made of transparent resin, the surface of the game board 13 located on the back side of the return base portion 68a can be visually recognized. As a result, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the return base 68a can be visually recognized by the player. The return opening/closing plate 68b is made of a non-transparent resin molding (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon).

The return base 68a is provided with a three-dimensional outer bulge having a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere (for example, 15 mm) forward from the return base 68a. is rotatably mounted.

The return ball prevention member 68 is provided with two screw insertion holes (hereinbelow, the screw insertion holes provided in the return base 68a are referred to as "return screw insertion holes") at two locations above and below the return base 68a when viewed from the front. (See Figure 3). Each return screw insertion hole is configured so that a screw can be screwed thereinto. With the return ball prevention member 68 placed on the game board 13 , the return ball prevention member 68 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the return screw insertion holes.

Further, the return ball prevention member 68 has a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) projections (not shown) on the back side of the return base 68a (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The protruded portion is called a “return protrusion”.) is provided. The return projections are provided near the return screw insertion holes (for example, at a distance of 5 millimeters from the return screw insertion holes). Further, the return projection is formed so as to protrude slightly from the return base portion 68a toward the back side (in the first embodiment, it has a length of 2 mm and a diameter of 2.4 mm).

When the return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the game board 13, the return projections are formed in the game board 13 with positioning holes 601 and 602 (hereinafter referred to as "return positioning holes 601"). , 602”). As a result, the return ball preventing member 68 is temporarily held on the game board 13 before being screwed. By screwing screws into the return screw insertion holes while the return projections are temporarily held in the respective return positioning holes 601 and 602, the return ball preventing member 68 is prevented from slipping with respect to the game board 13. Fixed.

In addition, as described above, the return ball prevention member 68 has only the return opening/closing plate 68b mounted on the return base portion 68a, and the total volume of the return ball prevention member 68 is also small. Therefore, the total weight of the return ball prevention member 68 is light (for example, 5 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the ball. A ball fired with a predetermined momentum or more collides with the return rubber 69, and the momentum is attenuated while the ball is moved toward the central portion. bounced back to Between the lower right tip of the inner rail 61 and the upper right tip of the outer rail 62, there is a resin right corner decoration 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side. are arranged.

The right corner decoration 70 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon). configured to be disabled. Affixing space K1 for affixing a certificate stamp, an identification label, or the like is provided on the lower surface of the right corner decoration 70 (on the lower right side of the game board 13). The certificate stamp or the like pasted on the pasting space K1 can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the small window 35 of the door frame 14 (see FIG. 1).

Also, the right corner ornament 70 is a component that is vertically elongated in a front view and has a gentle bow shape in the middle portion. Moreover, it is a component having a shape in which the portion constituting the lower bonding space K1 is widened. Further, the right corner decoration 70 has a three-dimensional outer shape with a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of a sphere (for example, 15 mm) forward from the base of the right corner decoration 70 (hereinafter referred to as "right base 70a"). It is a part.

In addition, the right corner decoration 70 has screw insertion holes in a total of four locations, two in the upper part and two in the lower part of the right corner decoration 70 (hereafter, the screw insertion holes provided in the right base portion 70a are referred to as "right screw insertion holes"). ) is provided (see FIG. 3). A screw can be screwed into each of the right screw insertion holes. With the right corner decoration 70 placed on the game board 13, the right corner decoration 70 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the right screw insertion holes.

Further, the right corner ornament 70 has a plurality of (four in the first embodiment) projections (not shown) on the back side of the right base portion 70a (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The protrusion is called a "right side protrusion".) is provided. The right projections are provided in the vicinity of the respective right screw insertion holes of the right corner decoration 70 (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from each right screw insertion hole). Also, the right projection is formed so as to protrude slightly from the back side of the right base portion 70a (in the first embodiment, it has a length of 2 mm and a diameter of 2.4 mm).

When the right corner decoration 70 is attached to the game board 13, the right side projection is formed in the game board 13 and will be referred to later as positioning holes 603 to 606 (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the right side projection will be referred to as the "right side positioning holes 603 to 606"). 606”). As a result, the right corner ornament 70 is temporarily held on the game board 13 before being screwed. By screwing screws into the right screw insertion holes while the right protrusions are temporarily held in the respective right positioning holes 603 to 606, the right corner decoration 70 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. be done.

Although the right corner ornament 70 has a large overall volume, the overall weight of the right corner ornament 70 is light (eg, 80 grams) because no other parts are mounted on the right base portion 70a. Therefore, the right corner decoration 70 is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13. - 特許庁In addition, since the right corner decoration 70 has an elongated shape when viewed from the front, a reinforcing member is provided for the purpose of increasing the rigidity of the entire part (for example, a metal reinforcing plate is provided on the back side of the right corner decoration 70). setting). If a reinforcing member is provided, the overall weight of the right corner decoration 70 increases by the amount of the reinforcing member, so it is classified as a heavy component.

An upper left corner ornament 71 is arranged outside the game area defined by the outer rail 62 at the upper left side of the game board 13 in front view (upper left side in FIG. 3). The upper left corner decoration 71 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon). configured to be invisible.

Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 is arranged along the outline of the outer rail 62 from the upper right corner to the lower left corner of the base portion 71a of the upper left corner decoration 71 (hereinafter referred to as "upper left base portion 71a") in a front view. It is a part that has a gentle bow shape extending from the upper right to the lower left. Also, the upper left corner decoration 71 is a component having a shape in which one corner is formed on the opposite side of the arcuate side. Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 is a component having a three-dimensional outer shape having a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of a sphere (for example, 15 mm) forward from the upper left base 71a.

The upper left corner ornament 71 has screw insertion holes in the upper left, lower left, and upper right portions of the upper left base 71a (hereinafter, the screw insertion holes provided in the upper left base 71a are referred to as "upper left screw insertion holes"). provided (see FIG. 3). A screw can be screwed into each of the upper left screw insertion holes. The upper left corner ornament 71 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the upper left screw insertion holes while the upper left corner ornament 71 is placed on the game board 13 .

Further, the upper left corner ornament 71 has a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) projections (not shown) on the back side of the upper left base 71a (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). This protrusion is called an “upper left protrusion”.) is provided. The upper left projection is provided in the vicinity of the lower left screw insertion hole and the upper left screw insertion hole (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the upper left screw insertion hole). The upper left projection is formed so as to slightly protrude from the upper left base portion 71a toward the back side (in the first embodiment, it has a length of 2 mm and a diameter of 2.4 mm).

When the upper left corner ornament 71 is attached to the game board 13, this upper left projection is positioned in the positioning holes 607 and 608 formed in the game board 13 to be described later (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the upper left projection are referred to as the "upper left positioning hole 607 , 608”), respectively. As a result, the upper left corner decoration 71 before being screwed is temporarily held on the game board 13 . By screwing screws into the upper left screw insertion holes while the upper left protrusions are temporarily held in the respective upper left positioning holes 607 and 608, the upper left corner decoration 71 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. be done.

In addition, the upper left corner decoration 71 has no other parts mounted on the upper left base portion 71a, and the overall volume of the upper left corner decoration 71 is small. Therefore, the overall weight of the upper left corner decoration 71 is light (for example, 50 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

A main display unit 87 is arranged outside the game area defined by the outer rail 62 at the lower left side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front (the lower left side in FIG. 3). Here, the configuration of the main display unit 87 will be described with reference to FIG. 4A and 4B are diagrams showing the configuration of the main display unit 87, FIG. 4A is a front view of the main display unit 87, and FIG. 4(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line IVc-IVc of FIG. 4(a), and FIG. 4(d) is an enlarged view of FIG. 4(c). It is an expanded sectional view.

The main display unit 87 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon). configured to be disabled.

Further, the main display unit 87 includes a first symbol display device 87a, a second symbol display device 87b, a first symbol reserve display device 87c and a second A symbol reservation display device 87d and the like are provided.

The first symbol display device 87a is composed of a plurality of LEDs, and displays a first symbol (special symbol) according to each control performed by the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8), which will be described later. . The first symbol display device 87a performs a variable display of the first symbol by indicating whether or not it is in the process of varying according to the entry of a ball (start winning) into the start winning opening 4a, which will be described later. Or, as a stop symbol after the fluctuation of the first symbol is finished, the symbol according to the result of the lottery of the first symbol performed for the starting winning prize is indicated by the lighting state.

The second symbol display device 87b is composed of a plurality of LEDs, and displays a second symbol (normal symbol) according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8), which will be described later. . The second symbol display device 87b displays the variation of the second symbol by indicating whether or not it is in the process of varying with the entry of the ball into the through gate 7, which will be described later. As a stop symbol after the variable display of , a symbol according to the result of the lottery of the second symbol performed for the ball entering the through gate 7 is indicated by the lighting state.

The first symbol holding display device 87c displays the number of balls (holding balls) in which the variation of the first symbol has not been executed among the balls entered into the start winning hole 4a described later. is indicated by the lighting state. The second symbol retention display device 87d displays the number of second symbol retention balls, which is the number of balls (retention balls) for which the variation of the second symbol has not been executed, out of the balls entered through the through gate 7, which will be described later. This is indicated by the lighting state.

In addition to the display devices 87a to 87d described above, the main display unit 87 is configured to display the number of rounds during the jackpot and error display by a plurality of LEDs. In addition, the first symbol display device 87a is configured so that each LED emits a different color (for example, red, green, or blue). can be suggested.

The main display unit 87 has wiring (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) connected to a main display connector portion 87e (see FIG. 4B) provided on the back side of the main display unit 87. It is a display device unit configured to be directly controllable by main controller 110 by being connected.

As shown in FIG. 4A, the main display unit 87 extends from the upper left to the right so as to follow the outline of the outer rail 62 from the upper left corner to the lower right corner of the main display base 87f when viewed from the front. It is a component that is formed in a gentle arc that extends downward. In addition, the main display unit 87 has a plurality of corners (four corners in the first embodiment) formed on the side opposite to the arcuate side, and the plurality of corners have rounded corners. It is a part. Further, as shown in FIG. 4B, the main display unit 87 has a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of a sphere (hereinafter referred to as the "main display base 87f") forward from the base 87f of the main display unit 87. For example, it is a component having a three-dimensional outer shape with a diameter of 15 mm.

Further, the main display unit 87 has screw insertion holes 87g to 87i in the upper left, middle left, and lower right portions of the main display base 87f (hereafter referred to as "main display screws"). Insertion holes 87g to 87i” are provided (see FIG. 4(a)). A screw can be screwed into each of the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i. With the main display unit 87 placed on the game board 13, the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i.

Furthermore, as shown in FIGS. 4(b) to 4(d), the main display unit 87 has a plurality of (in the first embodiment, two ) of projections 87j and 87k (the projections provided on the main display base 87f are hereinafter referred to as “main display projections 87j and 87k”). The main display projections 87j and 87k are provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion holes 87g and 87i (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion holes 87g and 87i). The main display projections 87j and 87k are formed to slightly protrude from the main display base portion 87f toward the back side (in the first embodiment, they are 2 mm long and 2.4 mm in diameter).

No positioning projections are provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion holes 87h of the main display unit 87 (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion holes 87h). The number (two) of the main display projections 87j and 87k is one less than the number (three) of the screw insertion holes 87g to 87i. This is because main display positioning holes 609 and 610, which will be described later, corresponding to the main display unit 87 are formed by straight pins 301, which will be described later. because there is

When the main display unit 87 is attached to the game board 13, the main display projections 87j and 87k are formed in the game board 13 and positioned through positioning holes 609 and 610 (hereinafter referred to as positioning holes provided for the main display projections 87j and 87k). holes are respectively inserted into the "main display positioning holes 609, 610"). As a result, the main display unit 87 before being screwed is temporarily held on the game board 13 . Then, by screwing screws into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i in a state in which the main display projections 87j and 87k are temporarily held in the respective main display positioning holes 609 and 610, the game board 13 is The main display unit 87 is fixed without shifting.

As described above, the main display unit 87 has only the respective display devices 87a to 87d composed of LEDs mounted on the main display base 87f, and the overall volume of the main display unit 87 is small. Therefore, the overall weight of the main display unit 87 is light (for example, 55 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

Here, a state in which the main display unit 87 is attached to the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7(a) and 7(b). 7(a) is an enlarged front view of a portion of the main display unit 87 on the game board 13, and FIG. 7(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line VIIb-VIIb of FIG. 7(a).

As shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the main display unit 87 is formed by screwing screws into main display screw insertion holes 87i (87g, 87h) provided in the main display base 87f. It is fixed to the game board 13 with screws. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when fixing the main display unit 87 to the game board 13 with screws, the main display projections are inserted before the screws are screwed into the main display screw insertion holes 87i (87g, 87h). 87k (87j) is inserted into the main display positioning hole 610 (609) to temporarily hold the entire main display unit 87 against the game board 13 so as not to shift. By screwing screws into the main display screw insertion holes 87i (87g, 87h) in the temporarily held state, the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7A, the main display base portion 87f of the main display unit 87 is made of non-transparent resin, so the rear side of the main display base portion 87f cannot be visually recognized. Therefore, the player cannot see the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back side of the main display unit 87. FIG. Also, the periphery of the main display positioning hole 610 (609) into which the main display projection 87k (87j) is inserted cannot be visually recognized. In the first embodiment, the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the main display unit 87 is plain (white without patterns or patterns). This is because the main display unit 87 is a part arranged outside the game area, so there is no need to bother to print a design or pattern at the position where the main display unit 87 is arranged.

Further, the main display positioning hole 610 (609) inserted into the main display projection 87k (87j) is formed by being bored by a straight pin 301, which will be described later. Details of 301 will be described later.

Returning to FIG. 3, the description continues. In the game area formed by the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the right corner decoration 70, there are a large number of game pegs and windmills for guiding the ball, a general prize winning unit 3 having a general prize winning port 3a, and a starting prize winning port 4a. , an attacker unit 5 having a large winning opening 5a, a through gate 7, a board side decoration 8, and a variable display device unit 80 are assembled. These general winning slot unit 3, starting winning slot unit 4, attacker unit 5, through gate 7, board side decoration 8, and variable display unit 80 are router holes 651 formed in the game board 13 by router processing. 656, and fixed from the front side of the game board 13 with a screw (male screw) such as a wood screw.

On the left side of the game area, there is a general prize winning port unit 3 provided with a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) general prize winning ports 3a through which five balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. are arranged. Also, a similar general prize winning unit 3 is arranged on the right side of the game area. Although the right general prize winning port unit 3 has a symmetrical shape compared to the left general prize winning port unit 3, the rest of the configuration is the same, so the description thereof will be omitted.

This general prize winning port unit 3 is made of transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resins are low in material cost, have transparency, are excellent in decorativeness, and have high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the general prize winning port unit 3 that is within the line of sight of the player playing the game. In addition, since the base 3d (hereinafter referred to as “general base 3d”) of the general winning slot unit 3 is made of transparent resin, the surface of the game board 13 located on the back side of the general base 3d can be visually recognized. is. As a result, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the general base 3d can be visually recognized by the player.

It should be noted that the general prize winning port unit 3 may be plated while being made of ABS resin. However, when ABS resin is plated, it becomes more expensive than when it is formed with transparent resin. The general prize winning unit 3, which is a part that is difficult to see, is made of transparent resin without being plated or the like in order to reduce costs.

In addition, the general prize winning opening unit 3 is provided with a three-dimensional outer shape portion having a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of the ball (for example, 15 mm) forward from the general base portion 3d, and the general winning prize opening 3a is provided in the outer shape portion. is provided. Further, the general winning slot unit 3 is provided with a general winning slot switch 3b (see FIG. 8) capable of detecting a ball that has entered (winning) the general winning slot 3a, and irradiates light to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. A general decoration LED 3c (see FIG. 8) is provided.

In this general winning slot unit 3, an arrangement (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to a connector section (not shown) provided on the back side of the general winning slot unit 3. By doing so, the main controller 110 can recognize the detection of the ball based on the general winning opening switch 3b.

When the ball enters the general winning opening 3a, the general winning opening switch 3b (see FIG. 8) provided on the back side of the general winning opening unit 3 is turned on. are paid out as prize balls. The general winning slot switch 3b is not mounted on the general winning slot unit 3, and is arranged on the back side of the game board 13 to collect the balls that have entered the general winning slot 3a and the start winning slot 4a, which will be described later. It may be configured to be provided in a back frame set (not shown) that is discharged out of the machine No. 10.

In addition, the general winning opening unit 3 has a general connector portion (not shown) provided on the back side of the general winning opening unit 3 with wiring (not shown) extending from an audio lamp control device 113 (see FIG. 8) described later. ). Thus, the sound lamp control device 113 can control the lighting of the general decoration LED 3c. Specifically, the general decoration LED 3c is controlled to be lit in a lighting mode that allows each state to be identified, depending on whether the pachinko machine 10 is performing variable display, a jackpot state, or an error.

Furthermore, the general prize winning port unit 3 has four screw insertion holes (hereinafter referred to as "general screw (refer to FIG. 3). A screw can be screwed into each of the general screw insertion holes. By screwing screws into the general screw insertion holes while the general winning unit 3 is placed on the game board 13 , the general winning unit 3 is fixed to the game board 13 .

In addition, the general winning port unit 3 has a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) projections (not shown) on the back side of the general base 3d (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The projection that is attached is called a “general projection”.) is provided. These general projections are provided in the vicinity of the general screw insertion holes at the left and right ends of the general screw insertion holes of the general prize winning unit 3 (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the general screw insertion holes). In addition, the general protrusion is formed so as to protrude slightly from the back side of the general base 3d (in the first embodiment, it has a length of 2 mm and a diameter of 2.4 mm).

When the general winning unit 3 is attached to the game board 13, the general projections are positioned in the positioning holes 611 and 612 formed in the game board 13 and described later (hereafter, the positioning holes provided for the general projections are referred to as "general positioning holes 611 , 612”). As a result, the general prize winning port unit 3 before being screwed is temporarily held on the game board 13 . By screwing screws into the general screw insertion holes while the general projections are temporarily held in the respective general positioning holes 611 and 612, the general winning unit 3 is not displaced from the game board 13. Fixed.

As described above, the general winning opening unit 3 has the general winning opening switch 3b and the general decoration LED 3c mounted on the general base 3d, and the overall volume of the general winning opening unit 3 is large. Therefore, the overall weight of the general prize winning port unit 3 is heavy (for example, 180 grams), and it is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is composed of a rear side unit attached to the game board 13 from the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 and a center frame 86 attached to the pachinko machine 10 from the front side. The rear side unit of the variable display device unit 80 performs variable display of the special symbols while synchronizing with the variable display on the first symbol display device 87a, triggered by the entry of a ball into the starting prize winning port 4a (starting winning), which will be described later. A special symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as a "display device"), a special symbol reservation lamp 82 for displaying the number of suspensions of variable display of the special symbol, and passage of the ball through the through gate 7. As a trigger, while synchronizing with the variable display in the second symbol display device 87b, the normal symbol display device 83 composed of LEDs that variably display the normal symbol, and the normal symbol that displays the number of suspensions of the variable display of the normal symbol A hold lamp 84 is provided. A center frame 86 of the variable display device unit 80 is arranged so as to surround the outer circumference of the special pattern display device 81, and the center frame 86 is provided with a center decoration LED 86a and a movable accessory 86b. .

The special pattern display device 81 is composed of a large 19-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by a display control device 114 (see FIG. 8), which will be described later. are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol row, and a variable display (variation performance) is performed in which the special symbols are variably displayed on the display screen of the special symbol display device 81.例文帳に追加It's like In the special symbol display device 81 of the first embodiment, the display of the game state accompanying the control of the main control device 110 is performed on the first symbol display device 87a, whereas the display of the first symbol display device 87a A decorative display is made according to the situation. Incidentally, instead of the liquid crystal display, for example, the special symbol display device 81 may be configured using reels or the like.

Four special design reservation lamps 82 are provided for the maximum number of special design reservations, and are arranged symmetrically below the special design display device 81 . In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of suspensions of the variable display of the special symbols based on the passage of the ball to the starting prize winning opening 4a is suspended up to four times, and the number of suspensions is the above-described first symbol suspension display device 87c. , and the special symbol holding lamp 82 is lit and displayed.

In addition, the maximum number of reserved balls of the special symbol is not limited to 4 times, and may be set to 3 times or less or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). Also, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol reservation display device 87c, the special symbol reservation lamp 82 may not be lit and displayed.

The normal symbol display device 83 is composed of a display device that displays a symbol of "O" and a display device that displays a symbol of "X". Display content is controlled. In the normal symbol display device 83, while the display of the game state under the control of the main control device 110 is performed by the second symbol display device 87b, "○" is displayed according to the display of the second symbol display device 87b. , and the "x" pattern are alternately switched between lighting and non-lighting for variable display.

Specifically, the normal symbol display device 83 displays "○ ” is stopped and displayed. If the result of the lottery is a loss, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed after the variable display.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 stops at the symbol "○", the electric accessory 4b provided in the start winning opening unit 4 to be described later will be in an operating state for a predetermined time (open is configured to

The normal design reservation lamp 84 is provided with four normal design maximum reservation numbers, and is in the vicinity of the normal design display device 83 (for example, a distance of 10 mm from the normal design display device 83), and is a special design display. They are arranged symmetrically above the device 81 . In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of suspensions of the variable display of normal symbols based on the passage of the ball through the through gate 7 is suspended up to four times, and the number of suspension balls is the above-described second symbol suspension display. It is displayed by the device 87 d and is lit and displayed in the normal symbol holding lamp 84 .

In addition, the variable display of the normal symbol (second symbol) is performed by switching the lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the normal symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, and the special symbol display device 81 You may make it carry out using a part. Similarly, the lighting of the normal symbol reservation lamp 84 may be performed by a part of the special symbol display device 81 . Also, the maximum number of held balls of the normal symbol (second symbol) is not limited to 4 times, and may be set to 3 times or less or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the second symbol reservation display device 87d, the normal symbol reservation lamp 84 may not be lit and displayed.

The center frame 86 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesion for plating, etc., excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the center frame 86, which is within the line of sight of the player who plays the game and where balls frequently collide. Since the center frame 86 is plated as described above, the center frame 86 prevents the front side of the cell sheet 60a from being visible when the center frame 86 is viewed from the front.

Further, the center frame 86 has a three-dimensional bulging portion having a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of a sphere (for example, 15 mm) forward from a base portion 86c of the center frame 86 (hereinafter referred to as "center base portion 86c"). is provided. A center decorative LED 86a (see FIG. 8) is arranged inside the bulging portion, and a movable accessory 86b (see FIG. 8) is arranged on the back side of the bulging portion.

The center decoration LED 86a and the movable accessory 86b are driven and controlled in conjunction with the variable display of the special symbols. Specifically, the center decoration LED 86a is arranged so as to irradiate light to the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and when the pachinko machine 10 executes the variable display, when the jackpot state is executed, or when an error occurs, Lighting is controlled in a lighting manner in which each state can be identified.

The movable accessory 86b is arranged on the back side of the bulging portion of the center frame 86, and is normally housed on the back side of the bulging portion, so that it is arranged so as not to be visually recognized by the player. On the other hand, the movable accessory 86b appears from a position invisible to the player to a position visible to the player when a predetermined condition is satisfied during the variable display or other games (for example, when a big win is achieved). is arranged to Note that the center decorative LED 86a or the movable accessory 86b may not be mounted on the center frame 86, but may be provided on the rear side unit.

The center frame 86 is connected to a center connector portion (not shown) provided on the back side of the center frame 86 by wiring (not shown) extending from an audio lamp control device 113 (see FIG. 8), which will be described later. . As a result, the sound lamp control device 113 can control the lighting of the center decoration LED 86a, and the movable accessory 86b can be driven and controlled.

Further, the center frame 86 is provided with screw insertion holes (hereinbelow, the screw insertion holes provided in the center base 86c are referred to as "center screw insertion holes") at seven locations around the center base 86c when viewed from the front. (See Figure 3). Each screw is configured to be screwed into the center screw insertion hole. With the center frame 86 placed on the game board 13 , the center frame 86 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the center screw insertion holes.

Further, the center frame 86 has a plurality of (seven in the first embodiment) projections (not shown) on the rear side of the center base portion 86c (the side in contact with the base plate 60). The projection is called a "center projection".) is provided. The center projections are provided in the vicinity of the center screw insertion holes (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the center screw insertion holes). Also, the center protrusion is formed so as to protrude slightly from the back side of the center base portion 86c (in the first embodiment, it has a length of 2.05 mm and a diameter of 2.5 mm).

When the center frame 86 is attached to the game board 13, the center projection is formed in the game board 13 through positioning holes 613 to 619 (hereinafter referred to as "center positioning holes 613 to 619"). ) are inserted respectively. As a result, the center frame 86 is temporarily held on the game board 13 before being screwed. By screwing screws into the center screw insertion holes while the center protrusions are temporarily held in the respective center positioning holes 613 to 619, the center frame 86 is fixed to the game board 13 without shifting. be.

As described above, the entire center base portion 86c is plated and has a plated layer (not shown). Therefore, the thickness of the plated layer is added to constitute the thickness of the entire center base portion 86c. That is, the total thickness of the center base portion 86c is formed by adding the thickness of the plated layer to the thickness of the ABS resin forming the center base portion 86c. Therefore, since the center protrusion (not shown) provided on the center base portion 86c is also plated and has a plated layer, the thickness (length) of the center protrusion is equal to the thickness of the ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer is added to (length).

Specifically, the length of the center projection is 2 mm (length of ABS resin)+0.05 mm (plated layer)=2.05 mm. Also, the diameter (thickness) of the center projection is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin)+0.05 mm×2 (for plating layer)=2.5 mm. Therefore, the center protrusion is thicker by 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter than the protrusions of other parts that are not plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). be done.

As described above, the center frame 86 is equipped with the center decoration LED 86a and the movable accessory 86b, and the overall volume of the center frame 86 is large. Therefore, the overall weight of the center frame 86 is heavy (for example, 500 grams), and it is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

Below the variable display device unit 80, a starting winning opening unit 4 having a starting winning opening 4a into which a ball can enter is arranged. Now, with reference to FIG. 5, the configuration of the start winning opening unit 4 will be described. FIG. 5(a) is a front view of the starting winning hole unit 4, and FIG. 5(b) is a top view of the starting winning hole unit 4 seen from the direction of line Vb in FIG. 5(a). 5(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line Vc-Vc of FIG. 5(a), and FIG. 5(d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of FIG. 5(c).

The starting winning port unit 4 has a base 4e (hereinafter referred to as "starting base 4e") having a starting winning port 4a and an electric accessory 4b, an electric accessory solenoid 4c, and a starting port switch 4d (see FIG. 8). A back portion 4f (hereinafter referred to as "starting back portion 4f") is assembled.

The starting base 4e is made of ABS resin, and has a plated layer 4e3 (see FIG. 5(d)) which is plated (silver plated in the first embodiment) on the entire surface except for the electric accessory 4b. have. As described above, the ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesion for plating and the like, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the starting base portion 4e having the starting prize winning opening 4a which is within the line of sight of the player who plays the game and which the ball frequently collides with. In addition, since the starting base 4e is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is made invisible by the starting winning opening unit 4 when the starting base 4e is viewed from the front.

Furthermore, in the starting base 4e, a three-dimensional bulging portion 4e1 having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of a sphere and a covering portion 4e2 are formed forward from the starting base 4e. (See FIG. 5(b)). The bulging portion 4e1 constitutes the start winning opening 4a. Further, the electric accessory 4b is arranged on the back side of the covering portion 4e2, and the covering portion 4e2 covers the electric accessory 4b in the closed state. A space covered by the covering portion 4e2 and the electric accessory 4b forms a lower starting prize opening (not shown). When the electric accessory 4b is closed, the electric accessory 4b and the covering portion 4e2 make it impossible for the ball to enter the lower starting prize opening. Only when the electric accessory 4b is open, the ball enters the lower starting prize opening It is configured to be able to enter the ball. A ball entered into the lower start winning opening is detected by the starting opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8), like the ball entering the starting winning opening 4a.

The starting back portion 4f is made of translucent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). The starting back 4f has a ball passage (not shown) for flowing down a ball that has entered the starting winning opening 4a (including a ball that has entered the lower starting winning opening when the electric accessory 4b is open), and an electric An electric accessory solenoid 4c capable of opening and closing the accessory 4b and a starting switch 4d (see FIG. 8) capable of detecting the ball passing through the ball passage are provided.

A connector portion (not shown) is provided on the back side of the starting back portion 4f, and wiring (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the connector portion (not shown). be. As a result, the main controller 110 drives and controls the electric accessory solenoid 4c, and the main controller 110 can recognize the detection of the ball based on the starting port switch 4d.

Specifically, when a ball enters the starting winning opening 4a (starting winning), the starting opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8) is turned on, and the main controller 110 , the lottery for the first symbol (special symbol) is made, and the variable display of the first symbol (special symbol) in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 is started (started). Then, after a predetermined fluctuation time has elapsed, the variable display of the first symbol (special symbol) is stopped, and the display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the first symbol display device 87a, and the special symbol corresponding to the lottery result. is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display device 81 . Also, the start winning hole 4a is one of the winning holes, and five balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls enter.

In the pachinko machine 10, in the lottery performed for the ball entering the starting prize-winning hole 4a, whether or not a big win is determined is determined, and when it is determined as a big win, the type of the big win is also determined. As the jackpot types determined here, "15R probability variable jackpot", "2R probability variable jackpot", and "short time jackpot" are prepared. Other LEDs (not shown) of the main display unit 87 described above not only indicate whether or not the result of the lottery is a big win as a stop pattern after the end of variation, but also indicate the type of big win if the result is a big win. A pattern corresponding to is shown.

Here, the “15R probability variable jackpot” is a probability variable jackpot that shifts to the “high probability state” after the maximum number of rounds is 15 rounds, and the “2R probability variable jackpot” means that the maximum number of rounds is 2 rounds. It is a variable jackpot that shifts to a “high probability state” after the jackpot. In addition, after the maximum number of rounds is 15 rounds, the probability of the special symbol jackpot is normal, but for a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations), the "time reduction state" is entered. It's a big hit.

In addition, "high probability state" refers to a state in which the probability of the jackpot of the first pattern is increased as an added value after the jackpot of the first pattern (special pattern) is finished, during so-called probability fluctuation (probability change). In other words, it is a state of the game that easily shifts to the special game state. In the "high probability state (variable probability)" in the first embodiment, the probability of winning a second symbol (normal symbol), which will be described later, is increased, and the electric accessory 4b attached to the start winning opening 4a is easily opened. , including a game state in which the ball is likely to enter the starting prize winning opening 4a.

On the other hand, the "normal game state" refers to the time when it is neither the "high probability state" nor the "time reduction state". It refers to a state in which the probability of hitting 2 symbols (normal symbols) is low. In addition, the "time reduction state (during time reduction)" means that the jackpot probability is normal, and only the second pattern (normal pattern) hit probability is increased while the jackpot probability remains unchanged. It refers to a game state in which a ball is likely to enter the start winning opening 4a by facilitating the opening of the accompanying electric accessory 4b.

In addition, instead of changing the winning probability of the second symbol, depending on the game state of the pachinko machine 10, the opening time of the electric accessory 4b attached to the start winning opening 4a, or the number of times the second symbol wins It is also possible to change the number of times the electric accessory 4b is opened. For example, the "shortened time state" or the "high probability state" may be a state in which the opening time of the electric accessory 4b associated with the start winning opening 4a is longer than in the "normal game state". In addition, in the "shortened time state" and the "high probability state", even if the number of times the electric accessory 4b is opened in one hit in the second symbol is greater than in the "normal game state". good.

In addition, when the ball enters the start winning opening 4a while the special symbol display device 81 (the first symbol display device 87a) is performing the variable display, the entering ball is suspended up to four times. Then, the variable display corresponding to the held ball (holding ball) is performed after the end of the variable display corresponding to the previously held held ball. As described above, the number of reserved balls (the number of reserved balls) is indicated by the first symbol reservation display device 87c and is also indicated by the special symbol reservation lamp 82.

Furthermore, the start winning opening unit 4 has two screw insertion holes 4g and 4h (hereafter, the screw insertion holes provided in the start base 4e are referred to as "start screw insertion holes 4g, 4h") is provided (see FIG. 5(a)). Screws can be screwed into the starting screw insertion holes 4g and 4h. By screwing screws into the starting screw insertion holes 4g and 4h in a state in which the starting prize winning port unit 4 is placed on the game board 13, the starting winning prize port unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13. .

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 5(b) to 5(d), the starting winning port unit 4 has a plurality of (in the first embodiment, two ) of projections 4i and 4j (the projections provided on the starting base 4e are hereinafter referred to as "starting projections 4i and 4j"). The starting projections 4i and 4j are arranged such that the left starting projection 4i is near the lower part of the starting screw insertion hole 4g in a front view (for example, a distance of 5 mm below the starting screw insertion hole 4g), and the right starting projection 4j is inserted into the starting screw. It is provided in the vicinity of the upper part of the hole 4h in a front view (for example, a distance of 5 mm above the starting screw insertion hole 4h). The starting protrusions 4i and 4j are formed so as to protrude slightly from the starting base 4e toward the back side (in the first embodiment, they have a length of 2.05 mm and a diameter of 2.5 mm).

When the starting winning port unit 4 is attached to the game board, the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are positioned in the positioning holes 620 and 621 (hereinafter referred to as positioning holes provided for the starting protrusions 4i and 4j) formed in the game board 13. (referred to as "starting positioning holes 620, 621"). As a result, the starting prize winning port unit 4 before being screwed is temporarily held on the game board 13 . Then, by screwing screws into the starting screw insertion holes 4g and 4h in a state in which the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are temporarily held in the respective starting positioning holes 620 and 621, the game board 13 is provided with starting winning openings. The unit 4 is fixed without shifting.

As described above, the entire starting base 4e is plated and has the plated layer 4e3. Therefore, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to constitute the thickness of the entire starting base 4e. That is, the thickness of the entire starting base 4e is formed by adding the thickness of the plated layer 4e3 to the thickness of the ABS resin forming the starting base 4e. Therefore, since the starting projections 4i and 4j provided on the starting base 4e are also plated and have a plated layer 4e3, the thickness (length) of the starting projections 4i and 4j is made of ABS resin. The thickness (length) of the plated layer 4e3 is added to the thickness (length).

Specifically, the length of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j is 2 mm (the length of the ABS resin)+0.05 mm (the length of the plated layer 4e3)=2.05 mm. The diameter (thickness) of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin)+0.05 mm×2 (for plated layer 4e3)=2.5 mm. Therefore, the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are 0.05 mm longer and 0.1 mm larger than the protrusions of other parts that are not plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). It is composed as thick as

In addition, as described above, the starting winning opening unit 4 includes the starting winning opening 4a and the electric accessory 4b for the starting base 4e, and the ball passage (not shown) and the electric accessory for the starting back 4f. A solenoid 4c and a starting port switch 4d are mounted. Therefore, although the overall volume of the starting prize winning port unit 4 is small, the overall weight of the starting winning prize port unit 4 is heavy (for example, 100 grams), and it is classified as a heavy component among the components mounted on the game board 13 .

Here, with reference to FIGS. 7(c) and 7(d), a state in which the start winning opening unit 4 is attached to the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 7(c) is an enlarged front view of a portion of the starting prize winning port unit 4, and FIG. 7(d) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line VIId-VIId of FIG. 7(c).

As shown in FIGS. 7(c) and 7(d), the starting prize winning port unit 4 is opened by screwing a screw into a starting screw insertion hole 4h (4g) provided in the starting base 4e. is fixed with screws. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the starting winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, before the screws are screwed into the starting screw insertion holes 4h (4g), the starting protrusions 4j (4i ) is inserted into the starting positioning hole 621 (620) to temporarily hold the entire starting winning opening unit 4 against the game board 13 so as not to shift. By screwing a screw into the starting screw insertion hole 4h (4g) in the temporarily held state, the starting prize winning port unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7(c), the starting base 4e of the starting winning opening unit 4 is plated, so that the back side of the starting base 4e cannot be visually recognized. Therefore, the player cannot visually recognize the pattern (part of the crab pattern in the first embodiment) printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back side of the starting winning port unit 4. FIG. Also, the periphery of the starting positioning hole 621 (620) into which the starting projection 4j (4i) is inserted cannot be visually recognized.

Further, the starting positioning hole 621 (620) into which the starting protrusion 4j (4i) is inserted is formed by being bored by a taper pin 311, which will be described later. will be described later.

Returning to FIG. 3, the description continues. An attacker unit 5 is arranged below the start winning opening unit 4. - 特許庁This attacker unit 5 includes a base portion 5e (hereinafter referred to as "attacker base portion 5e") having a large winning opening 5a and an opening/closing plate 5b, a large winning opening solenoid 5c (see FIG. 8), and a large winning opening switch 5d (see FIG. 8). reference) (not shown, hereinafter referred to as "attacker's back").

The attacker base 5e is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof except for the opening/closing plate 5b is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). As described above, the ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesion for plating and the like, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the attacker base portion 5e, which is visible to the player playing the game and frequently collides with the ball.

In addition, since the attacker base 5e is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is made invisible by the attacker unit 5 when the attacker unit 5 is viewed from the front.

Further, the attacker base 5e is formed with a hollow bulge having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the ball forward from the attacker base 5e. The opening/closing plate 5b is arranged so as to be positioned on the rear side of this bulging portion. That is, a space is formed between the bulging portion and the opening/closing plate 5b (on the rear side of the bulging portion and on the front side of the opening/closing plate 5b), through which the ball can pass and the opening/closing plate 5b can be opened. It is

The attacker's back (not shown) is made of translucent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). On the back of the attacker, there are a ball passage (not shown) through which a ball that enters the big prize hole 5a flows down, a solenoid 5c (see FIG. 8) for the big prize hole that can drive the opening/closing plate 5b to open and close, and the above ball. A large winning opening switch 5d is provided that can detect a ball that has passed through the path.

A connector (not shown) is provided on the rear side of the attacker's back, and wiring (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the connector (not shown). . As a result, the main controller 110 drives and controls the large winning opening solenoid 5c, and the main controller 110 can recognize the detection of the ball based on the large winning opening switch 5d.

Specifically, when a ball enters the large winning opening 5a, the large winning opening switch 5d (see FIG. 8) is turned on, and 15 balls are awarded as a result of the turning on of the large winning opening switch 5d. Paid out as a ball.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the lottery by the main controller 110 becomes a big win, the first pattern display device 87a is lit so as to stop the big win after a predetermined time (fluctuation time) elapses, and the big win is made. The stop symbol corresponding to is displayed on the special symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the big win. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. In this special game state, the big winning opening 5a normally closed by the opening/closing plate 5b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds pass or until 10 balls are won).

When a predetermined period of time elapses or 10 balls are won, the large winning opening 5a drives the large winning opening solenoid 5c (see FIG. 8) to drive the open/close plate 5b to an upright state (closed state). After closing, the opening solenoid 5c is driven again to tilt the opening/closing plate 5b to the lower front side (open state), thereby opening the gate for a predetermined period of time.

The opening and closing operation of the big winning opening 5a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening and closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and the player is given a game value (game value) by paying out a larger amount of prize balls than usual. is done. The big winning opening 5a is normally in a closed state in which a ball cannot or hardly wins a prize. In the event of a big win, the opening/closing plate 5b is tilted to the front lower side by driving the solenoid 5c for the big prize winning opening to temporarily form an open state in which the ball easily enters the big winning opening 5a, and the open state and the normal state are formed. It operates so as to alternately repeat the closed state at the time.

Incidentally, the special game state is not limited to the form described above. A specific winning opening to be opened and closed separately from the big winning opening 5a is provided in the game area, and when the pattern corresponding to the big win is lit on the first pattern display device 87a, the big winning opening 5a is opened for a predetermined time, and the big winning opening occurs. A special game state is defined as a game state in which a specific winning port provided separately from the big winning port 5a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when a ball enters the big winning port 5a while the port 5a is open. You may make it form.

Further, the attacker unit 5 has four screw insertion holes (hereinbelow, the screw insertion holes provided in the attacker base 5e are referred to as "attacker screw insertion holes ) is provided (see FIG. 3). A screw can be screwed into each of the attacker screw insertion holes. With the attacker unit 5 placed on the game board 13 , the attacker unit 5 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the attacker screw insertion holes.

In addition, the attacker unit 5 has a plurality of (four in the first embodiment) projections (not shown) on the back side of the attacker base 5e (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The projection is called an "attacker projection".) is provided. The attacker projections are provided in the vicinity of the attacker screw insertion holes of the attacker unit 5 (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the attacker screw insertion holes). Also, this attacker projection is formed so as to protrude slightly from the back side of the attacker base 5e (in the first embodiment, it has a length of 2.05 mm and a diameter of 2.5 mm).

When attaching the attacker unit 5 to the game board 13, the attacker projections are formed in the game board 13 through positioning holes 622 to 625 (hereinafter, positioning holes provided for the attacker projections are referred to as "attacker positioning holes"). are inserted into each. As a result, the attacker unit 5 is temporarily held on the game board 13 before being screwed. By screwing screws into the attacker screw insertion holes while the attacker projections are temporarily held in the respective attacker positioning holes 622 to 625, the attacker unit 5 is fixed to the game board 13 without shifting. be.

As described above, the entire attacker base 5e is plated and has a plated layer (not shown). Therefore, the thickness of the plated layer is added to constitute the thickness of the entire attacker base 5e. That is, the thickness of the entire attacker base 5e is formed by adding the thickness of the plated layer to the thickness of the ABS resin forming the attacker base 5e. Therefore, since the attacker projection (not shown) provided on the attacker base 5e is also plated and has a plated layer, the thickness (length) of the attacker projection is the thickness ( length) is added to the thickness of the plating layer.

Specifically, the length of the attacker protrusion is 2 mm (length of ABS resin)+0.05 mm (plated layer)=2.05 mm. The diameter (thickness) of the attacker projection is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin)+0.05 mm×2 (for plating layer)=2.5 mm. Therefore, the attacker projection is thicker by 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter than the projections of other parts that are not plated (for example, the main display projections 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). be done.

In addition, as described above, the attacker unit 5 has a large winning opening 5a and an opening/closing plate 5b for the attacker base 5e, and a ball passage (not shown) and a large winning opening for the attacker's back (not shown). A solenoid 5c for the game and a big winning opening switch 5d are mounted, and the total capacity of the attacker unit 5 is also large. Therefore, the total weight of the attacker unit 5 is heavy (for example, 165 grams), and it is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

A through gate 7 into which a ball can enter is arranged on the left side of the game area of the variable display device unit 80 . A similar through gate 7 is also provided on the right side of the play area of the variable display unit 80 . Since the through gate 7 on the right side has the same configuration as the through gate 7 on the left side, a description thereof will be omitted.

Here, the configuration of through gate 7 will be described with reference to FIG. 6(a) is a front view of the through gate 7, FIG. 6(b) is a top view of the through gate 7 as seen from the direction of line VIb in FIG. 6(a), and FIG. and a cross-sectional view taken along line VIc-VIc of FIG. 6(a).

The through gate 7 is configured by attaching a normal symbol switch 7a to a base portion 7b of the through gate 7 (hereinafter referred to as a "through base portion 7b") to perform variable display of normal symbols when a ball passes through the switch. The entire through base portion 7b except for the normal pattern switch 7a is made of transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resins are low in material cost, have transparency, are excellent in decorativeness, and have high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the through gate 7, which is within the line of sight of the player playing the game and where the ball frequently collides.

Further, since the through base portion 7b is made of a transparent resin, the front side of the game board 13 located behind the through base portion 7b can be visually recognized by the player. Therefore, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the rear side of the through base portion 7b can be visually recognized by the player.

In the through base portion 7b, a three-dimensional external gate portion 7b1 having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of a sphere is formed forward from the through base portion 7b (see FIG. 6B). . The detection portion 7a1 of the normal design switch 7a is fitted in the gate portion 7b1, and when the ball passes through the gate portion 7b1, the ball passes through the detection portion 7a1 of the normal design switch 7a without omission, and the normal design switch 7a. detects the passage of the ball.

Wiring (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the normal symbol switch 7a. As a result, detection of a ball based on the normal symbol switch 7a is configured to be recognizable by the main controller 110. FIG.

Specifically, when a ball enters (passes through) this through gate 7, the normal design switch 7a is turned on, and due to the turn-on of the normal design switch 7a, the main controller 110 generates the second design (normal design). A winning lottery is made, and the variable display of the second symbol (normal symbol) in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83 is started (started). Then, after the lapse of a predetermined fluctuation time, the variable display of the second symbol (normal symbol) is stopped, and the display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the second symbol display device 87b, and the normal symbol according to the lottery result. is stopped and displayed on the normal symbol display device 83 . It should be noted that the through gate 7 only acquires a lottery opportunity for the second symbol (normal symbol), and no prize balls are awarded.

In addition, when the ball enters the through gate 7 while the variable display is being performed on the normal symbol display device 83 (second symbol display device 87b), the normal symbol variation display based on the entrance ball is maximum 4. will be held until the Then, the variable display corresponding to the held ball (holding ball) is performed after the end of the variable display corresponding to the previously held held ball. As described above, the number of reserved balls (the number of reserved balls) is indicated by the second symbol reservation display device 87d and is also indicated by the normal symbol reservation lamp 84.

The through gate 7 has two screw insertion holes 7c and 7d on both left and right sides of the through base portion 7b when viewed from the front. ) are provided (see FIG. 6(a)). Screws can be screwed into the through-screw insertion holes 7c and 7d. With the through gate 7 placed on the game board 13, the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d.

Furthermore, as shown in FIGS. 6(b) and 6(c), the through gate 7 has a plurality (two in the first embodiment) on the back side of the through base 7b (the side in contact with the base plate 60). projections 7e and 7f (the projections provided on the through base portion 7b are hereinafter referred to as "through projections 7e and 7f"). The through projections 7e and 7f are provided near the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d), respectively. The through projections 7e and 7f are formed so as to protrude slightly from the through base portion 7b toward the rear side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is 2.4 mm).

When the through gate 7 is attached to the game board 13, the through projections 7e and 7f are formed in the game board 13 through positioning holes 626 and 627 (hereinafter referred to as positioning holes provided for the through projections 7e and 7f). through positioning holes 626 and 627). As a result, the through gate 7 is temporarily held on the game board 13 before being screwed. By screwing screws into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d while the through projections 7e and 7f are temporarily held in the respective through positioning holes 626 and 627, the through gate 7 is attached to the game board 13. Fixed without slipping.

In addition, as described above, the through gate 7 has only the normal symbol switch 7a mounted on the through base portion 7b, and the entire volume of the through gate 7 is also small. Therefore, the entire weight of the through gate 7 is light (for example, 6 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

Here, a state in which the through gate 7 is attached to the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7(e) and 7(f). FIG. 7(e) is an enlarged front view of the through gate 7 on the game board 13, and FIG. 7(f) is a schematic sectional view taken along line VIIf-VIIf of FIG. 7(e).

As shown in FIGS. 7(e) and 7(f), the through gate 7 is screwed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into through screw insertion holes 7d (7c) provided in the through base portion 7b. Fixed. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the through gate 7 is screwed to the game board 13, the through projection 7f (7e) is screwed through before the screw is inserted into the through screw insertion hole 7d (7c). It is inserted into the positioning hole 627 (626) and temporarily held so that the entire through gate 7 is not displaced with respect to the game board 13.例文帳に追加By screwing a screw into the through screw insertion hole 7d (7c) in the temporarily held state, the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7(e), since the through base 7b of the through gate 7 is made of transparent resin, the rear side of the through base 7b can be visually recognized. Therefore, the player can visually recognize the pattern (part of the octopus pattern in the first embodiment) printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back side of the through gate 7. FIG. Also, the periphery of the through positioning hole 627 (626) into which the through projection 7f (7e) is inserted is configured to be visible.

Furthermore, through positioning holes 627 (626) into which through projections 7f (7e) are inserted are formed by being bored by hybrid pins 321, which will be described later. Details will be described later.

Returning to FIG. 3, the description continues. A board side decoration 8 is arranged on the left side of the game area of the through gate 7. - 特許庁A similar board side decoration 8 is arranged on the right side of the through gate 7 on the right side. Although the right board side decoration 8 is bilaterally symmetrical in shape compared to the left board side decoration 8, the rest of the configuration is the same, so a description thereof will be omitted.

The board side decoration 8 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof is plated (silver-plated in the first embodiment). ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesion for plating, etc., excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the board surface side decoration 8 which is visible to the player playing the game and frequently collides with the ball. Since the board side decoration 8 is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is made invisible by the board side decoration 8 when the board side decoration 8 is viewed from the front. .

In addition, the board side decoration 8 has a three-dimensional swelling having a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere (for example, 15 mm) forward from the base 8a of the board side decoration 8 (hereinafter referred to as the "side base 8a"). An outlet is provided.

Furthermore, the board surface side decoration 8 has screw insertion holes (hereinafter referred to as screw insertion holes provided in the side base 8a) at three locations in total, namely, one upper portion, one lower portion, and one right middle portion of the side base portion 8a when viewed from the front. are called "side screw insertion holes") (see FIG. 3). Each side screw insertion hole is configured so that a screw can be screwed thereinto. The board side decoration 8 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the side screw insertion holes while the board side decoration 8 is placed on the game board 13 .

In addition, the board surface side decoration 8 has a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) projections (not shown) on the back side of the side base 8a (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The protrusions are called "side protrusions".) are provided. Of the side screw insertion holes of the board side decoration 8, the side projections are provided in the vicinity of the upper side screw insertion hole and the lower side screw insertion hole (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the side screw insertion hole). Further, the side protrusions are formed so as to protrude slightly from the rear side of the side base portion 8a (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is 2.5 mm).

When the board surface side decoration 8 is attached to the game board 13, the side projections are formed in the game board 13 and will be referred to as positioning holes 628 and 629 (hereinafter referred to as "side positioning holes 628, 629"). 629”). As a result, the board surface side decoration 8 is temporarily held on the game board 13 before being screwed. By screwing screws into the side screw insertion holes while the side projections are temporarily held in the respective side positioning holes 628 and 629, the board surface side ornament 8 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. be.

As described above, the entire side base portion 8a is plated and has a plated layer (not shown). Therefore, the thickness of the plated layer is added to constitute the thickness of the entire side base portion 8a. That is, the thickness of the entire side base portion 8a is formed by adding the thickness of the plated layer to the thickness of the ABS resin forming the side base portion 8a. Therefore, since the side projections (not shown) provided on the side base portion 8a are also plated and have a plated layer, the thickness (length) of the side projections is equal to the thickness of the ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer is added to (length).

Specifically, the length of the side projection is 2 mm (the length of the ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (the plating layer) = 2.05 mm. Also, the diameter (thickness) of the side projection is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin)+0.05 mm×2 (for plating layer)=2.5 mm. Therefore, the side projections are thicker by 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter than the projections of other parts that are not plated (for example, the main display projections 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). be done.

As described above, the board side decoration 8 does not have other parts mounted on the side base portion 8a. Therefore, although the overall volume of the board side decoration 8 is large, the overall weight of the board side decoration 8 is light (for example, 50 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13 .

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, positioning projections (return projections, right projections, upper left projections, main display projections 87j and 87k, general projections, center projections) are used for the components mounted on the game board 13. , starting projections 4i and 4j, attacker projections, through projections 7e and 7f, and side projections.Hereinafter, the above projections may be collectively referred to as "each projection".) are provided, but each projection is They are formed with common specifications except for the presence or absence of a plating layer. Specifically, the length of each protrusion is 2 mm for the resin portion of each protrusion excluding the plated layer. Also, the diameter of each projection is φ2.4 mm. The length of each protrusion is 2.05 mm even in the parts to which the plated layer is applied. Also, the diameter of each projection is φ2.5 mm.

As described above, in the first embodiment, each protrusion of each part mounted on the game board 13 has a slight difference (0.05 mm in length, 1 mm in diameter) depending on the presence or absence of the plating layer, but is almost common. Specifications. As a result, when forming positioning holes in the game board 13, positioning holes that are completely different for each part (for example, the positioning hole for A part has a length of 3 mm and a diameter of 4 mm, and the positioning hole for B part has a length of 5 mm, diameter 3 mm, etc.), the complexity in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 can be eliminated, and the productivity of the game board 13 can be improved.

An out port 6 is provided below the game board 13 . The out port 6 is integrally formed with the inner rail 61 and is attached together with the inner rail 61 when the inner rail 61 is attached to the game board 13 . Balls that have not entered any of the winning openings 3a, 4a and 5a are discharged to the rear surface of the game board 13 through the out opening 6.例文帳に追加

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. The main control unit 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer, and includes a read only memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "ROM") 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201; A random access memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "RAM") 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data, etc. when executing the control program stored in the ROM 202, and Various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are built in. In addition, various commands are transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers by the data transmission/reception circuit in order to instruct the sub-controllers such as the payout controller 111 and the sound lamp controller 113 to operate. Such commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers.

In the main control device 110, the jackpot lottery, the setting of the display in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81, the lottery of the display result in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, and the prize ball accompanying the winning The main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as determination is executed. The ROM 202 stores fixed value data used to control these processes. For example, the ROM 202 stores various tables such as a jackpot random number table, a jackpot type table, a jackpot variation pattern table, and a winning variation pattern table.

The RAM 203 stores the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 (large winning lottery, setting of display in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81, lottery of display results in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, etc. ) are provided with various counters.

For the setting of the jackpot lottery and the display of the first symbol display device 87a and the special pattern display device 81, the first hit random number counter used for the jackpot lottery and the first hit type counter used for selecting the stop type of the jackpot pattern. , the stop pattern selection counter used to determine the stop type when out, the first initial value random number counter used to set the initial value of the first random number counter, and the variation type counter used to select the variation pattern. be done. A second winning random number counter is used for the lottery of the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, and a second initial value random number counter is used for setting the initial value of the second winning random number counter.

When the MPU 201 detects a ball entered into the starting winning opening 4a by the starting opening switch 4d provided in the starting winning opening unit 4, the first winning random number counter, the first winning type counter and the stop pattern selection counter at that time are set. Each value is acquired, and a jackpot lottery or the like for the first symbol (special symbol) is performed based on each value thus acquired. In addition, when the MPU 201 detects a ball that has passed through the through gate 7 by means of the normal symbol switch 7a provided in the through gate 7, it acquires the value of the second hit random number counter at that time, and based on the acquired value, the second A winning lottery for 2 patterns (normal patterns) is performed. Furthermore, the MPU 201 refers to the variation type counter and the variation pattern table stored in the ROM 202 at the start of variation to determine the variation pattern to be executed in the variation display. The variation pattern determined here is the variation time of the pattern variation.

That is, the main controller 110 determines only the variation time and stop type of the symbol variation as the variation pattern. On the other hand, a specific variation mode is set by the audio lamp controller 113 and the display controller 114 . That is, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, based on the variation pattern (variation time) and the stop type determined by the main control device 110, from among the variation modes in which the variation display is possible in the variation time, The details of the variation mode of the special symbols to be displayed by the special symbol display device 81 are determined. Then, according to the determined variation mode, the display control device 114 causes the special symbol display device 81 to variably display the special symbols, and the audio lamp control device 113 causes the audio output device 226 to output audio according to the variation display. At the same time, the lamps of the frame LEDs 227 (electrical decoration parts 29 to 33) are turned on and blinked.

In this way, main controller 110 determines the fluctuation time of the fluctuation display, generates a fluctuation pattern command according to the fluctuation time, and transmits the fluctuation pattern command to sound ramp controller 113 as processing related to fluctuation display. In addition, main controller 110 determines the stop type of the variable display, generates a stop type command according to the stop type, and transmits it to sound lamp controller 113 as a process related to variable display. Details of the variation mode are determined by the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 based on the variation pattern command and the stop type command. The MPU 201 of the main controller 110 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer and cannot perform complicated processing. , determination processing of the variation pattern of the main controller 110 can be easily performed as compared with the case where the details of the variation mode are determined by the main controller 110 .

Further, when the details of the variation mode are determined by the main controller 110, the detailed information of the determined variation mode must be notified to the sound lamp control device 113 or the like. There is a risk that it will have to be composed of more than one byte, which may complicate the sending and receiving of commands. On the other hand, in the first embodiment, since the main controller 110 is configured to determine only the variable time and the stop type, the determined variable time and the stop type are sent to the sound lamp control device 113 and the like. It is sufficient to notify only the information related to the information, and the configuration of the command related to the notification can be simplified. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the transmission and reception of commands from becoming complicated. In addition, even if only the fluctuation time and stop type of pattern fluctuation are determined in the main controller 110, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 allow the specified fluctuation time and stop type from among many fluctuation modes. Since it is configured to determine the corresponding variation mode and perform the variation display by the special symbol display device 81 in the determined variation mode, it is possible to provide the player with a variety of variation display effects, It is possible to improve the interest of the player.

As described above, the RAM 203 is provided with various counters and the like, and the main control device 110 sets the big winning lottery and the display in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 according to the values of the counters and the like. , the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as the lottery of the display results in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83 can be executed.

The RAM 203 includes a stack area storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201, various flags and counters, and input/output (Input/Output). Output (hereinafter abbreviated as “I/O”), and a work area (work area) in which values such as “I/O” are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

When power is interrupted due to power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of power interruption (including power failure; the same applies hereinafter). On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including when the power is turned on due to the cancellation of the power failure; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203 . Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed during the start-up process when the power is turned on. A non-maskable interrupt (hereinafter referred to as "NMI") terminal of the MPU 201 is configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to power failure or the like. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, NMI interrupt processing is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 includes a payout control device 111, a sound lamp control device 113, a first symbol display device 87a mounted on the main display unit 87, a second symbol display device 87b, a first symbol reservation display device 87c and A second pattern holding display device 87d, an electric accessory solenoid 4c and a starting opening switch 4d mounted on the starting winning opening unit 4, a large winning opening solenoid 5c and a large winning opening switch 5d mounted on the attacker unit 5 , the normal symbol switch 7a mounted on the through gate, and the general winning slot switch 3b mounted on the general winning slot unit 3 are connected respectively. The MPU 201 receives input signals from the switches 3b, 4d, and 5d via an input/output port 205, performs control related to variation display and big wins based on the input signals, and performs input/output based on the control results. Various commands and control signals are transmitted through the port 205, and drive control of the solenoids 4c and 5c is performed.

For example, the main controller 110 detects whether or not the ball has won a prize in the general winning opening 3a based on the detection result of the general winning opening switch 3b. When the winning of the balls in the general winning hole 3a is detected, the main controller 110 determines five prize balls and issues a prize ball payout command to the payout control device 111 to notify that the five prize balls will be paid out. Send. Further, the main controller 110 detects whether or not the ball has won a prize in the starting prize winning port 4a based on the starting port switch 4d. When the winning of the ball in the start winning opening 4a is detected, a lottery for a big hit is carried out, and based on the result of the lottery, the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 start (start) the production of variable display. Also, it determines 5 prize balls and transmits a prize ball payout command for notifying payout of 5 prize balls to the payout control device 111 . Further, main controller 110 detects whether or not the ball has won a prize in big winning hole 5a based on the detection result of big winning hole switch 5d. When the winning of the balls in the big winning hole 5a is detected, the main controller 110 determines 15 prize balls and transmits a prize ball payout command for notifying the payout of the 15 prize balls to the payout control device 111. do.

Further, for example, the main controller 110 drives the electric accessory solenoid 4c to rotate the electric accessory 4b when the normal symbol (second symbol) is hit, and the ball enters the lower start winning opening. It is configured such that an easy-to-open state can be temporarily formed. Thereby, the main controller 110 is configured to alternately repeat the open state and the closed state of the electric accessory 4b in the win state of the normal symbol.

Further, for example, when the special symbol (first symbol) is a big win, the main controller 110 drives the large winning opening solenoid 5c to tilt the opening/closing plate 5b to the front lower side, and the ball moves to the large winning opening 5a. It is configured to be able to temporarily form an open state in which it is easy to win a prize. As a result, the main controller 110 is configured to alternately repeat the open state and the closed state of the opening/closing plate 5b in the special symbol jackpot state.

Further, the input/output port 205 is connected to various switches including a switch group and a sensor group (not shown) and a RAM erasure switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply 115, which will be described later. , various processes are executed based on the RAM erasing signal SG2 output from the RAM erasing switch circuit 253 .

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 storing control programs executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory and the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. , and a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main controller 110, the dispensing motor 216, the launch controller 112, and the like. Also, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111 but not to the main control device 110 .

The shooting control device 112 controls the ball shooting unit 112a so that the shooting strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51 when the main controller 110 issues an instruction to shoot the ball. . The ball shooting unit 112a has a shooting solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operating handle 51, and the operating handle is activated under the condition that the stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is energized with respect to the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51, and the ball is shot with strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operating handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 outputs audio from an audio output device (such as a speaker not shown) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing from a frame LED (electrical parts 29 to 33, display lamp 34, etc.) 227, and is mounted on the center frame 86. Based on the variation time indicated by the variation pattern command received from the main controller 110, the output of lighting and extinguishing of the center decoration LED 86a mounted on the center frame 86, the driving of the movable accessory 86b mounted on the center frame 86, and the execution at that variation time Control such as setting the variation mode of the variable display to be performed, setting the variation mode of the variable display to be executed in the stop type based on the stop type indicated by the stop type command received from the main controller 110, etc. is. The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing control programs executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory and the like.

The ROM 222 stores one or more detailed variation patterns in association with each variation pattern (variation time) indicated by the variation pattern command received from the main controller 110 . The ROM 222 also stores one or more detailed stop types associated with each stop type indicated by the stop type command received from the main controller 110 .

When the MPU 221 receives a variation pattern command from the main controller 110, one detailed variation pattern is selected from among one or more detailed variation patterns associated with the variation pattern (variation time) indicated by the variation pattern command. Determining fluctuation patterns. Further, when the MPU 221 receives a stop type command from the main controller 110, one detailed stop type is selected from one or more detailed stop types associated with the stop type indicated by the stop type command. to decide. Then, according to a predetermined pattern for the determined detailed variation pattern and stop type, control the lighting and extinguishing of the frame LED 227 and the center decoration LED 86a, control the audio output from the audio output device 226, and further , controls the driving of the movable accessory 86b.

Further, when the detailed variation pattern is determined, the MPU 221 generates a special symbol display variation pattern command for notifying the display control device 114 of the type of the determined detailed variation pattern, and the generated special symbol. A display variation pattern command for is transmitted to the display control device 114 . The display control device 114 controls the special symbol display device 81 to display a variation effect according to a pattern predetermined for the detailed variation pattern indicated by the special symbol display variation pattern command.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 225 is connected to the main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the frame LED 227, the center decoration LED 86a mounted on the center frame 86, the movable accessory 86b, the frame button 22, and the like. there is

The display control device 114 is a device that controls the screen display of the special symbol display device (LCD) 81, and various screen displays such as variable display of special symbols (variation effect) and jackpot effect are controlled by the sound lamp control device 113 (main It controls according to a command sent from the control device 110).

The display control device 114 includes an MPU 231, a ROM (program ROM) 232, a work RAM 233, a video RAM 234, a character ROM 235, an image controller 236, an input port 237, an output port 238, and bus lines 239 and 240. have. The input side of the input port 237 is connected to the output side of the sound lamp control device 113 , and the output side of the input port 237 is connected to the MPU 231 , the ROM 232 , the work RAM 233 and the image controller 236 . A video RAM 234 and a character ROM 235 are connected to the image controller 236 , and an output port 238 is connected via a bus line 240 . A special symbol display device 81 is connected to the output side of the output port 238 . Even if the pachinko machine 10 is a different model with a different jackpot lottery probability or a different number of prize balls paid out per jackpot, there are models with exactly the same specifications for the pattern configuration displayed on the special pattern display device 81.例文帳に追加Therefore, the display control device 114 is made a common component to reduce the cost.

The MPU 231 of the display control device 114 controls the display contents of the special symbol display device 81 based on the special symbol display variation pattern command output from the sound lamp control device 113 and other various commands. The ROM 232 is a memory for storing various control programs executed by the MPU 231 and fixed value data.

The work RAM 233 is a memory for temporarily storing work data and flags used when the MPU 231 executes various programs. The character ROM 235 is a memory that stores performance data (character information) such as symbols (background symbols and special symbols) displayed on the special symbol display device 81 in a compressed format. The video RAM 234 has an area (not shown) for storing a plurality of character information read from the character ROM 235 in order to generate an image to be displayed on the special symbol display device 81 in a decompressed format, and a memory area (not shown) for storing the decompressed plurality of characters. A memory having a frame buffer area (not shown) for temporarily storing one frame of display data generated using at least part of the information until the data is displayed.

The image controller 236 adjusts the respective timings of the MPU 231, the video RAM 234, and the output port 238 to intervene reading and writing of data, and reads the display data stored in the frame buffer area of the video RAM 234 at a predetermined timing to display the special symbol. This is displayed on the display device 81 .

The power supply unit 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2). and an erase switch circuit 253 . The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply unit 251 takes in a 24 volt AC voltage supplied from the outside, a 12 volt voltage for driving various switches, solenoids, motors, etc., a 5 volt voltage for logic, a RAM A backup voltage for backup is generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage and backup voltage are supplied to the controllers 110 to 114 and the like as required voltages.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 at the time of power failure due to power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of stable DC 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown, power shutdown) has occurred when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Then, a power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute NMI interrupt processing. Even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing. is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) is pressed. When the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input, and issues an initialization command for clearing the backup data in the payout control device 111. 111.

Next, with reference to FIG. 9, an overview of the manufacturing process for manufacturing the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing the flow of the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. Regarding the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, a process of forming a plurality of sub-assembly units (for example, each game unit such as the game board 13 and the door frame 14) separated for each part (sub-assembly process. For example, FIG. ) and an assembly process (assembly process, see FIG. 9, for example) for assembling the sub-assembled game units. In this way, by separating the sub-assembly process for assembling each game unit from the assembly process for assembling the game units assembled through the sub-assembly process, division of labor is promoted and production efficiency is improved. is planned.

As shown in FIG. 9, in the manufacturing process (assembly process) of the pachinko machine 10, first, the inner frame 12 assembled with the control board unit 91 excluding the payout control device 111 and the back pack unit 94 is operated by the main control unit. The game board 13 on which the control board unit 90 composed of the device 110, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 is mounted is assembled (S101).

Specifically, the left end portion of the game board 13 is inserted into the left portion of the inner frame 12, and the game board 13 is placed on a temporary placement portion (not shown) of the inner frame 12, and the game is played around the left end portion. By rotating the board 13, the game board 13 is arranged at a predetermined installation completion position. After that, the inner frame 12 and the game board 13 are integrated by fixing the game board 13 to the installation completion position using a lock lever (not shown) provided on the inner frame 12 . A connector (not shown) provided on the back surface of the game board 13 is coupled with a movable connector (a so-called floating connector) provided on the inner frame 12 as the game board 13 moves to the installation completion position. By this coupling, the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 are electrically connected.

After that, the dispensing control device 111 is assembled to the control board unit 91 mounted on the inner frame 12 (S102), and then the door frame 14 is assembled to the inner frame 12 (S103). . Specifically, by engaging a protrusion shaft (not shown) provided on the door frame 14 with a hinge 19 (see FIG. 1) provided on the inner frame 12 , the door frame 14 is attached to the inner frame 12 . are integrated in a rotatable state. Then, by closing the door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 12, the cylinder lock 20 (see FIG. 1) operates, and opening of the door frame 14 is restricted. As a result, the assembly of the pachinko machine 10 is completed.

After the assembly of the pachinko machine 10 is completed, a game machine inspection process is performed to check the operation of the pachinko machine 10 (S104). After that, the pachinko machine 10 is subjected to a packaging process (so-called security wrapping), and a shipping process for shipping to the game hall is performed (S105).

As described above, by sub-assembling the pachinko machine 10 for each part, it is possible to set a unique production line for each game unit. Further, by assembling the sub-assembled game units in the final assembly process, the assembly process can be standardized, and the automation of the assembly work and the reduction of the worker's workload can be promoted.

Here, on the game board 13, most of the configurations related to the specifications of the pachinko machine 10 (game area, main control device 110, etc.) are integrated. By replacing the game board 13, it is possible to change the model of the pachinko machine 10 (minor change). The game machine maker ships the game board 13 alone, and in the game hall, the configuration (the inner frame 12, the door frame 14, etc.) other than the game board 13 is diverted, and only the game board 13 is replaced to change the model. A business model that is practically preferable considering both environmental and economic aspects has been established.

Next, with reference to FIG. 10, an overview of the manufacturing process for manufacturing the game board 13 mounted on the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing the flow of the manufacturing process of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 10, the manufacturing process (sub-assembly process) of the game board 13 can be roughly divided into a game board surface manufacturing process (S200 (S201 to S217)), a game board back manufacturing process (S218), and a game board back surface manufacturing process (S218). and an inspection step (S219).

In the game board surface manufacturing process (S201 to S217), first, the general winning hole unit 3 mounted on the game board 13, the starting winning hole unit 4, the attacker unit 5, the through gate 7, the board side decoration 8, and the return ball prevention member 68, positioning holes 601 to 629 for the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, the center frame 86 and the main display unit 87 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "each part") are made by a positioning hole drilling machine 410 (Fig. 11), a component positioning hole forming step is performed (S201).

Each part mounted on the game board 13 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing a screw into each screw insertion hole 4g or the like by a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16), which will be described later. is configured to Each part to be mounted on the game board 13 undergoes a transport process (first transport process (S206 to S211) and second transport process ( S213 to S216) (see FIG. 15)), the game board 13 is transported and stopped a plurality of times. There is a risk that each part may be displaced from its original position on the game board 13 due to the impact that accompanies its transport and stoppage. Therefore, in the component positioning hole creation step (S201), a positioning hole (eg, starting positioning hole 621) capable of temporarily holding a positioning projection (eg, starting projection 4j) provided on each component is formed in the game board 13. By inserting the positioning projections of each component into the positioning holes to temporarily hold the components, it is possible to prevent displacement of the mounting position of each component even in the above-described transfer process.

Here, referring to FIG. 11, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 for forming the positioning holes 601 to 629 in the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a positioning hole punching machine 410 for forming positioning holes 601 to 629 for each part in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. The positioning hole punching machine 410 is viewed from the side. It is a schematic diagram of what I saw. Note that the game board 13 is omitted in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 11, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 includes a press plate 411 to which a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 and a hybrid pin 321 for drilling and forming the positioning holes 601 to 629, and the press plate 411. to the game board 13 side, and a lower press unit 413 to press the game board 13 to the press plate 411 side.

The press plate 411 is provided with a base portion 411a for mounting the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321, a left positioning pin 411b, and a right positioning pin 411c. A plurality of press-fitting holes (not shown) are formed in the base portion 411a, and each pin 301, 311, 321 can be press-fitted and fixed to the press-fitting holes.

Specifically, corresponding to the model of the pachinko machine 10, the tips 305, 315, 325 (see FIGS. 12 to 14) of the pins 301, 311, 321 are positioned on the lower press unit side (game board 13 side). Each pin 301, 311, 321 is press-fitted and fixed from below the base portion 411a so as to face. In addition, each pin 301, 311, 321 press-fitted and fixed to the base portion 411a is arranged so that the mounting position of each pin 301, 311, 321 can be changed according to the position of the parts mounted on the game board 13. Mounting portions 302, 312 and 322 of the pins 301, 311 and 321 are configured to be pushed out from above the base portion 411a and can be removed from the base portion 411a.

The left positioning pin 411b and the right positioning pin 411c are rod-shaped members projecting toward the lower press unit 413 side (the game board 13 side), and positioning holes 13a and 13b formed in the game board 13 (see FIG. 17). is configured to be engageable with. The positioning holes 601 to 629 are formed by punching the positioning holes 601 to 629 in the game board 13 with the press plate 411 while engaging the positioning pins 411b and 411c with the positioning holes 13a and 13b of the game board 13. It is possible to prevent misalignment.

The upper press unit 412 is a device for pressing the press plate 411 against the game board 13 side, and the lower press unit 413 is a device for pressing the game board 13 against the press plate 411 side. Therefore, when the game board 13 is conveyed above the lower press unit 413 of the positioning hole punching machine 410, the positioning hole punching machine 410 moves the positioning holes 13a and 13b (see FIG. 17) of the game board 13. The press plate 411 and the game board 13 are pressed against each other by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 while the positioning pins 411b and 411c are engaged with each other (so-called press working). As a result, positioning holes 601 to 629 based on the shapes of the pins 301 , 311 and 321 of the press plate 411 are formed in the game board 13 .

In addition to the positioning holes 601 to 629, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 also forms pilot holes (not shown) for screws corresponding to the screw insertion holes 4g and the like of each part in the game board 13. FIG. The prepared screw holes are drilled by dedicated pins (not shown) at positions corresponding to the screw insertion holes (for example, the starting screw insertion hole 4g) of each part. The prepared screw hole is formed with a depth (for example, 0.05 mm) such that the tip of the screw can be slightly inserted so that the screw can be easily inserted when fastening the screw to each part. In the first screwing step (see S212 in FIG. 10) or the second screwing step (see S217 in FIG. 10), when fixing each part with screws, insert the screw into the screw insertion hole and By pressing the screw against the prepared hole and then screwing the screw into the game board 13, the screw can be easily screwed into the game board 13. - 特許庁

Here, referring to FIGS. 12 to 14, a straight pin 301, a tapered pin 311 and a Hybrid pin 321 will be described. 12A and 12B are diagrams showing the configuration of the straight pin 301. FIG. 12A is a schematic front view of the straight pin 301, and FIG. 12B is a schematic side view of the straight pin 301. 12(c) is a schematic bottom view of the straight pin 301. FIG. The straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate 411 of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and used to punch positioning holes 603 to 610 in the game board 13 .

The straight pin 301 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) with a vertical dimension of 17 mm, and as shown in FIGS. It is composed of a tip portion 305, and the above portions 302 to 305 are formed continuously. Carbon tool steel (SK4) is a harder material than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a that make up the game board 13 . Therefore, by attaching the straight pin 301 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and pressing the game board 13, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet are formed. 60a is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 603 to 610 are formed by the straight pin 301. As shown in FIG.

The straight mounting portion 302 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A straight collar portion 303 is continuously formed below the straight mounting portion 302 in a front view. The straight collar portion 303 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm. By fitting the straight mounting portion 302 and the straight collar portion 303 into a mounting hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, the straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate. 411. When the straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate 411, the straight pin 301 is attached so that the bottom surface of the straight collar portion 303 and the bottom surface of the press plate 411 are flush with each other.

A straight body portion 304 is continuously formed below the straight collar portion 303 in a front view. Further, a straight distal end portion 305 is continuously formed below the straight body portion 304 when viewed from the front. The straight barrel portion 304 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and the shaft diameter ranges from 0.0 mm to 5.7 mm from the straight collar portion 303 (that is, from 0.0 mm to 5.7 mm from the straight tip portion 305). 0.8 mm) is uniformly formed with a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm, and the distance from the straight collar portion 303 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the straight tip portion 305 is from 0.0 mm). 0.8 mm), but the shaft diameter gradually tapers from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm (hereafter, the gradual narrowing of the shaft diameter is referred to as “gradual reduction”). ) is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape). That is, most of the outer shape of the straight body portion 304 is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction.

The substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) with a distance of 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm from the straight collar portion 303 (that is, a distance of 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm from the straight tip portion 305) is The shaft diameter is gradually reduced in a tapered manner from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm. This is because when the straight pin 301 is used to form a positioning hole, the straight tip 305 and the straight body 304 are smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a.

The straight distal end portion 305 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed in an inverted conical shape that gradually tapers downward from the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm at the connecting portion of the straight body portion 304 in front view. The tip (lowermost part in front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the part positioning hole forming process (see S201 in FIG. 10), and the press plate 411 and the game board 13 are pressed by an upper press unit 412 and a lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), and positioning holes 603 to 610 are formed in the game board 13 by the straight pins 301 .

The straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 has a smaller volume than the tapered body portion 314 of the tapered pin 311 and the hybrid body portion 324 of the hybrid pin 321, which will be described later. It is easy to drill a positioning hole for 13 .

On the other hand, the straight pin 301 continues to receive a load based on the elastic force of the base plate 60 while the straight pin 301 is being pushed into the game board 13 during press working. is pulled out from the game board 13, the load is applied to the straight body 304 and resistance is generated. When the resistance increases, the game board 13 is lifted when the straight pin 301 is pulled out. Here, for example, if only a part of the game board 13 (for example, the left side of the board surface) is lifted, the game board 13 is tilted and lifted, so the shape of the positioning holes punched and formed by the pins 301, 311, 321, etc. It may differ from the design value, and manufacturing irregularities may occur in the drilling and formation of the positioning holes.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the positioning holes for the straight pins 301 are formed, the straight pins 301 are arranged in a predetermined positional relationship with respect to the game board 13 . Specifically, for example, the positional relationship of each straight pin 301 with respect to the game board 13 is such that the straight pins 301 are arranged on the top, bottom, left, and right of the game board 13 without being biased toward one side (for example, the left side) of the game board 13 . Arrange them evenly. By arranging the straight pin 301 in a predetermined positional relationship with respect to the game board 13 in this way, even if the game board 13 is lifted when the straight pin 301 is pulled out, the straight pin 301 is lifted without tilting. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game board 13 from tilting during press working, and to prevent the occurrence of manufacturing irregularities in the positioning holes.

Note that "each straight pin 301 has a predetermined positional relationship with respect to the game board 13" may be a positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are evenly arranged with respect to the game board 13. For example, A positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are arranged symmetrically on the left and right (up and down) of the game board 13, a positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are arranged at equal intervals from the center position of the game board 13, and the like are exemplified. Details of the positioning holes 603 to 610 formed by the straight pin 301 will be described later.

Next, the taper pin 311 will be described with reference to FIG. 13 . 13A and 13B are diagrams showing the configuration of the taper pin 311. FIG. 13A is a schematic front view of the taper pin 311, and FIG. 13B is a schematic side view of the taper pin 311. FIG. (c) is a schematic bottom view of the taper pin 311. FIG. Similar to the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and used to form positioning holes 611 to 623 in the game board 13. be done.

Like the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) with a vertical dimension of 17 mm. It is composed of a body portion 314 and a tapered tip portion 315, and the above portions 312 to 315 are formed continuously. Carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a that constitute the game board 13, as described above. Therefore, by attaching the taper pin 311 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and pressing the game board 13, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a are formed. is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 611 to 623 are formed by the taper pin 311 .

The tapered mounting portion 312 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A tapered collar portion 313 is continuously formed below the tapered mounting portion 312 in a front view. The tapered collar portion 313 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm, and the diameter of the tapered collar portion 313 is larger than that of the tapered mounting portion 312 . By fitting the tapered mounting portion 312 and the tapered collar portion 313 into a mounting hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410, the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411. fixed to When the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411, it is attached so that the bottom surface of the taper collar portion 313 and the bottom surface of the press plate 411 are flush with each other.

A tapered trunk portion 314 is continuously formed below the tapered collar portion 313 in front view, and a tapered distal end portion 315 is continuously formed below the tapered trunk portion 314 in front view. The tapered trunk portion 314 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and at a portion where the distance from the tip side of the tapered trunk portion 314 is 0.0 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the tapered tip portion 315 and the tapered trunk portion 314), The shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is φ2.70 mm, and the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 gradually increases from there (every time the distance from the boundary side with the tapered tip portion 315 increases by 0.2 mm, the tapered body portion 314 increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and the distance from the tip side of the tapered body portion 314 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the tapered body portion 314 and the tapered collar portion 313), The shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is φ3.50 mm.

Therefore, the tapered body portion 314 has an inverted truncated cone shape whose diameter gradually decreases in the direction of insertion. , the diameter gradually increases from the tip side.

The increase in the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is described as “0.02 mm to 0.03 mm”, but the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is “0” when the distance from the tapered tip portion 315 side is “0.02 mm to 0.03 mm”. It is configured to increase "0.0125 mm" for every 0.1 mm increase. In the first embodiment, for convenience of explanation, the axial diameter of the tapered trunk portion 314 is expressed each time the distance from the tapered distal end portion 315 increases by 0.2 mm. is expressed as "0.02 mm to 0.03 mm".

The tapered distal end portion 315 has a vertical dimension of 2 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed in an inverted conical shape that gradually tapers downward from the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm at the connecting portion of the tapered body portion 314 in front view. The tip (lowermost portion in front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the part positioning hole forming step (see S201 in FIG. 18), and the press plate 411 and the game board 13 are pressed by an upper press unit 412 and a lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), and positioning holes 611 to 623 are drilled in the game board 13 by the taper pins 311 . Details of the positioning holes 611 to 623 formed by the taper pin 311 will be described later.

Next, the hybrid pin 321 will be described with reference to FIG. 14 . 14A and 14B are diagrams showing the configuration of the hybrid pin 321. FIG. 14A is a schematic front view of the hybrid pin 321, and FIG. 14B is a schematic side view of the hybrid pin 321. 14(c) is a schematic bottom view of the hybrid pin 321. FIG. Similar to the straight pin 301 and tapered pin 311, this hybrid pin 321 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and used to form the positioning holes 601 and 602 in the game board 13. , 624-629 are drilled.

The hybrid pin 321 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) with a vertical dimension of 17 mm like the straight pin 301 and the tapered pin 311, and as shown in FIGS. It is composed of a portion 323, a hybrid trunk portion 324 and a hybrid tip portion 325, and the above portions 322 to 325 are formed continuously. Carbon tool steel (SK4) is a harder material than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a that constitute the game board 13, as described above. Therefore, by attaching the hybrid pin 321 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and pressing the game board 13, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet are formed. Positioning holes 601, 602, 624 to 627 are formed by the hybrid pin 321 by plastically deforming 60a.

The hybrid mounting portion 322 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A hybrid flange portion 323 is continuously formed below the hybrid mounting portion 322 in a front view. The hybrid flange portion 323 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm. The hybrid pin 321 is fixed to the press plate 411 by fitting the hybrid attachment portion 322 and the hybrid collar portion 323 into attachment holes (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 of the positioning hole punching machine 410. . When the hybrid pin 321 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11), it is attached so that the lower surface of the hybrid flange portion 323 and the lower surface of the press plate 411 are flush with each other.

A hybrid trunk portion 324 is continuously formed below the hybrid collar portion 323 in front view, and a hybrid tip portion 325 is continuously formed below the hybrid trunk portion 324 in front view. The hybrid trunk portion 324 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm and is composed of a hybrid straight portion 324a and a hybrid tapered portion 324b having different axial diameters.

In the hybrid straight portion 324a, the distance from the hybrid collar portion 323 from 0.0 mm to 5.7 mm (that is, the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm) is the axial diameter (minor diameter). The distance (width) passing through the axis from one hybrid straight portion 324a to the other hybrid straight portion 324a (the same shall apply hereinafter) is 2.8 mm, and the distance from the hybrid collar portion 323 is 5.7 mm. to 6.5 mm (i.e., from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm from the hybrid tip portion 325) is a substantially cylindrical column that gradually tapers from a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm to a shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm. It is formed in a shape (inverted truncated cone shape) (see FIG. 25). Therefore, the hybrid straight portion 324a is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 when viewed from the side.

The substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) with a distance of 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm from the hybrid collar portion 323 (that is, a distance of 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm from the hybrid tip portion 325) is The shaft diameter is gradually reduced in a tapered manner from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm. This is because the hybrid body 324 is smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a from the hybrid tip 325 when the hybrid pin 321 is used to form the positioning hole.

The hybrid tapered portion 324b has a shaft diameter (major axis The distance (width) passing through the axis from one hybrid tapered portion 324b to the other hybrid tapered portion 324b (hereinafter the same) is 2.70 mm, and the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b gradually increases from there. (Every time the distance from the boundary side with the hybrid tip portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and the distance from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 increases. At the 6.5 mm portion (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid trunk portion 324 and the hybrid flange portion 323), the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is 3.50 mm. Therefore, the hybrid taper portion 324b is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the taper body portion 314 of the taper pin 311 when viewed from the side.

Therefore, the hybrid trunk portion 324 has a hybrid straight portion 324a whose outer shape is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction, and a tapered outer shape whose diameter gradually decreases in the insertion direction. The hybrid tapered portion 324b has a rounded rectangular (oval) shape (see FIG. 14(c)) when viewed from the bottom of the hybrid trunk portion 324. As shown in FIG.

In addition, the distance from the hybrid collar portion 323 in the hybrid straight portion 324a is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm) and the hybrid tapered portion 324b has the same substantially cylindrical shape (conical trapezoidal). This substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) has a shaft diameter that gradually tapers from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm. This is because the hybrid body 324 is smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a from the hybrid tip 325 when the hybrid pin 321 is used to form the positioning hole.

The increase in the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is described as "0.02 mm to 0.03 mm", but the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is "0" when the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 side is "0. It is configured to increase "0.0125 mm" for every 0.1 mm increase. In the first embodiment, for convenience of explanation, the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is expressed every time the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm. is expressed as "0.02 mm to 0.03 mm".

The hybrid distal end portion 325 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed in an inverted conical shape that gradually tapers downward from the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm at the connection portion of the hybrid trunk portion 324 in front view. The tip (lowermost part in front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the first embodiment, in the part positioning hole forming step (see S201 in FIG. 10), the hybrid pin 321 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the press plate 411 and the game board are 13 are pressed by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), positioning holes 601, 602, 624 to 629 by the hybrid pin 321 are bored in the game board 13.

A hybrid body portion 324 of the hybrid pin 321 has a larger volume than the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 but has a smaller volume than the tapered body portion 314 of the tapered pin 311 . Therefore, the hybrid pin 321 is easier to form a positioning hole in the game board 13 than the tapered pin 311 . Details of the positioning holes 601, 602, 624 to 629 formed by the hybrid pin 321 will be described later.

Returning to FIG. 10, the description continues. After the part positioning hole forming step (S201), the rail positioning hole forming step (S202) for the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 is performed. By performing the rail positioning hole forming process, the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 can be easily attached to the game board 13 . After that, a game nail planting step (S203) for planting the game nail in the game board 13 is performed. This game nail planting step will be described later.

After the game nail planting step (S203), next, a rail and windmill planting step (S204) for planting the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62 and the windmill (not shown) in the game board 13 is performed. After that, a game nail inspection step (S205) for inspecting the planted game nails is performed, and then the first conveying step (S206 to S211) is performed.

Now, with reference to FIG. 15, the outline of the first transporting process (S206 to S211) will be described. FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically showing a first transporting step of transporting the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. This first transport process is divided into an outside line on the left side (outside) of the manufacturing line 400 in the transport direction and an inside line on the right side (inner side) in the transport direction. , and are processes for placing parts on the game board 13 in parallel with each other.

In the manufacturing line 400, there are a rail member 402 that rotatably holds a plurality of conveying rollers 401, and a conveying unit 403 that can move the game board 13 on the rail member 402 by rotating the conveying rollers 401. Used. In addition, the game board 13 is placed on the transport unit 403 and the transport unit 403 moves on the rail member 402. For the purpose of placing each component, the transport unit 403 is placed on the rail member 402 at a predetermined position. A stopper portion 404 for stopping at a position, and a plurality of component mounting tables 405 arranged so as to straddle the rail member 402 for each predetermined position and for placing each component to be mounted on the game board 13 by the operator. , is provided.

The game board 13 placed on the transport unit 403 moves in the transport direction on the rail member 402 as the transport roller 401 rotates. be stopped. When the transport unit 403 stops moving, the workers standing by on both sides of the rail member 402 at the stop position place the parts placed on the part placement table 405 on the game board 13 . After the parts are placed, the stopper portion 404 is released by the worker, so that the transport unit 403 can move on the rail member 402 . Then, the transportation unit 403 is repeatedly moved and stopped a plurality of times, and each time the transportation unit 403 stops, workers standing by on both sides (or one side) of the rail member 402 at the stop position move to the stop position. The corresponding parts are placed on the game board 13 .

In the first transporting process and the second transporting process, the game board 13 is placed on the transport unit 403 so that the lower part 13l of the game board 13 when viewed from the front is on the left side of the production line 400 in the transport direction (outside the line). be transported. That is, a worker on the left side of the conveying direction (outside the line) can look straight at the game board 13, and a worker on the right side of the conveying direction (inside the line) can look at the game board 13 from the opposite direction (upper side in front view). will see. In the manufacturing line 400, the number of components placed in the first transport process is the same on the left side in the transport direction and on the right side in the transport direction. On the other hand, in the second transport process described later, the number of components placed on the left side in the transport direction is three, the number of components placed on the right side in the transport direction is one, and the number of components placed on the left side in the transport direction is It is set more than the number of parts to be placed on the right side. Therefore, the productivity of the game board 13 can be improved by making it easier for the worker working on the left side of the transport direction to look straight at the game board 13 and place the parts.

Further, in the game board 13 transported by the manufacturing line 400, the positioning by the hybrid pin 321 is performed so that the transport direction of the game board 13 and the hole side of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a are at right angles. It is configured to be perforated (see FIG. 24(a)). That is, of the positioning holes punched by the hybrid pin 321, the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627a) punched by the hybrid straight portion 324a is arranged in the vertical direction of the game board 13 when viewed from the front. It is

When transporting the game board 13 in the manufacturing line 400, in each manufacturing process such as the first transport process for placing parts, the game board 13 being transported is stopped, and after finishing the work in each manufacturing process, the game is played again. The transportation of the board 13 is started, and every time the game board 13 is stopped or every time the transportation of the game board 13 is started, the components placed on the game board 13 are given an impact based on the inertial force. . When the impact based on the inertial force is applied to the parts, the positioning projections may pop out of the positioning holes of the game board 13 due to the impact, and the position of the parts may be displaced from the position where the parts are placed. .

Therefore, by configuring the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a of the positioning hole punched by the hybrid pin 321 so as to face the vertical direction of the game board 13 when viewed from the front, the inertial force applied to the parts is reduced. Even when an impact is applied based on the above, the projection of the component is caught by the hole edge (corner) of the positioning hole formed by the straight portion, and the projection of the component can be prevented from popping out of the positioning hole. The details of the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pins 321 will be described later.

Returning to FIG. 10, the description of the first transfer step (S206 to S211) is continued. Each worker outside the line in the first transport step first performs an attacker unit placing step (S206) of placing the attacker unit 5 on the game board 13. FIG. Then, the main display unit placing step (S207) of placing the main display unit 87 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, a center frame placing step (S208) of placing the center frame 86 on the game board 13 is performed. After that, the process proceeds to the first screw fastening step (S212).

Here, among the parts to be placed on the game board 13, the attacker unit 5 is placed first by the attacker unit placing step (S206). Around the attacker unit 5, the general winning unit 3 is arranged adjacent to the left and right, and the starting winning unit 4 is arranged adjacently above. 3 and 4 are placed before the attacker unit 5, the attacker unit 5 must be placed in the space sandwiched between the parts 3 and 4, and when the attacker unit 5 is placed There is a risk of contact with the parts 3 and 4 described above.

Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is placed after the left and right general winning hole units 3 are placed first, the attacker unit 5 is placed in the space sandwiched between the left and right general winning hole units 3. At some stage, there is a possibility that one of the general prize winning port units 3 and the attacker unit 5 will come into contact with each other and each component will be damaged. Therefore, by placing the parts 3 and 4 of the attacker unit 5 on the game board 13 before the adjacent parts 3 and 4, it is possible to prevent the parts 3 to 5 from being damaged.

Each worker in the line in the first transport step first performs a return ball prevention member placing step (S209) of placing the return ball prevention member 68 on the game board 13. FIG. Then, a right corner decoration placement step (S210) of placing the right corner decoration 70 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, an upper left corner ornament placement step (S211) of placing the upper left corner ornament 71 on the game board 13 is performed. After that, the process proceeds to the first screw fastening step (S212).

In the first screwing step (S212), among the components placed in the first conveying step, one screw insertion hole is inserted in each of the main display unit 87, the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner ornament 70, and the upper left corner ornament 71. In this step, a screw is screwed in with a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16).

Here, referring to FIG. 16, a screw driving machine 420 for screwing screws into the screw insertion holes of each part of the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a screwing machine 420 for screwing and fixing each part to the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and is a schematic view of the screwing machine 420 seen from the side. 16, the game board 13 is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 16, a screwing machine 420 includes a screw driving unit 421 for screwing a screw into the screw insertion hole of each component, and the screw driving unit 421 screwing the screw into the screw insertion hole of each component. and a game board fixture 422 for fixing the game board 13 when entering.

Specifically, in this first screwing step (S211), first, the game board 13 is fixed by the game board fixture 422, and then the main display screw at the upper left part of the main display unit 87 is screwed by the screw driving unit 421. An insertion hole 87g, a return screw insertion hole (not shown) on the upper side of the return ball prevention member 68, a right screw insertion hole (not shown) at the top of the right corner decoration 70, and an upper left corner decoration 71 A total of four screws are screwed into each of the upper left screw insertion holes (not shown). The parts 68, 70, 71 and 87, into which the screws are screwed by the screw driving unit 421, are temporarily fixed to the game board 13 by one screw. In the second screwing step (S217) described later, screws are screwed into screw insertion holes into which screws are not screwed in the first screwing step (S212).

That is, after the first screwing step is performed, no screws are screwed into the parts other than the screw insertion holes of some of the parts 68, 70, 71, and 87, and the screws are screwed. As for the parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 that are attached, screws are only screwed into some of the screw insertion holes, so the subsequent steps are performed while the parts are temporarily fixed or temporarily held. . Therefore, since the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 placed on the game board 13 in the first conveying process are not screwed with the screws in the first screwing process, the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 are placed in the second conveying process. Until the screwing step (S217) is performed, the game board 13 is transported while being temporarily held only by the attacker projections (not shown) and the attacker positioning holes (not shown).

In the first screwing step (S212), among the parts placed on the game board 13 in the first conveying step, the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71 and the main display unit 87 The screw 1 is screwed into only to temporarily fix to the game board 13, and the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 are not temporarily fixed by screwing the screws. As described above, in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5, the left and right general winning unit 3 and the starting winning unit 4 are arranged. This is to make it easier to place these parts 3 and 4 on the game board 13 since they are placed on the game board 13 in S216).

Specifically, for example, if the attacker unit 5 is temporarily fixed in the first screwing step, and a "positional deviation when fixing parts" error described later has occurred in the attacker unit 5, the game board 13 The fixing position of the attacker unit 5 is deviated from the design value. Due to this misalignment, part of the attacker unit 5 may come into contact with the adjacent general winning slot unit 3 or the starting winning slot unit 4 , and the parts 3 and 4 may not be attached to the game board 13 . Therefore, in the first screwing step, the attacker unit 5 is not temporarily fixed with screws, and the parts 3 and 4 are placed in the second transport step later, and all the parts are normally placed on the game board 13. After that, all the parts are screwed and fixed to the game board 13 in the second screwing step (S217). can improve sexuality.

In addition, since the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, and the main display unit 87 are parts commonly used among different models (hereinafter referred to as "common parts"), There is no need to change the placement position or placement order every time. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, these common parts 68, 70, 71, 87 are first screwed and temporarily fixed without changing the manufacturing order or manufacturing line for each model, so that each model can Costs can be reduced compared to changing the production line.

Returning to FIG. 10, the description continues. After the first screwing step (S212), the second conveying step (S213 to S216) is performed next. In the second conveying process (S213 to S216), as in the first conveying process (S206 to S211), the outside of the production line on the left side (outside) in the conveying direction and the inside of the line on the right side (inside) in the conveying direction. Workers outside the line and workers inside the line place parts on the game board 13 simultaneously and in parallel.

Each worker outside the line in the second transport step first performs a general winning slot unit placement step (S213) for placing the general winning slot unit 3 on the game board 13. FIG. Then, next, a starting winning hole unit placement step (S214) of placing the starting winning hole unit 4 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, a through-gate placing step (S215) of placing the through-gate 7 on the game board 13 is performed. After that, the process proceeds to the second screwing step (S217).

On the other hand, each worker in the line in the second conveying step performs a board side decoration placing step (S216) of placing the board side decoration 8 on the game board 13. FIG. After that, the process proceeds to the second screwing step (S217). By performing these second transport steps (S213 to S216), all parts are placed on the game board 13. FIG.

In the second screwing step (S217), among the components placed in the first conveying step (S206 to S211) and the second conveying step (S213 to S216), the screws in the above-described first screwing step (S212) are A screw is screwed into the screw insertion hole into which the screw is not screwed by using a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16). By performing this second screwing step, all of the parts temporarily fixed or temporarily held on the game board 13 are fixed with screws. That is, this second screwing step is mainly a step of screwing non-common parts that differ from model to model. When the second screwing step (S217) is finished, the game board surface manufacturing step (S200) of the manufacturing steps of the game board 13 is finished.

After the game board front surface manufacturing process (S200), the game board back surface manufacturing process (S218) is performed, and the game board unit 90 and the like composed of the main controller 110, the sound lamp controller 113 and the display controller 114 are manufactured. Assembly to the back side of the board 13 and the like are performed. After that, a game board inspection step (S219) is performed to check whether the entire game board 13 is manufactured without defects, and the manufacturing process of the game board 13 is completed.

After the manufacturing process of the game board 13 is completed, when the game board 13 is mounted on the pachinko machine 10, the game board 13 is used in the game board 13 assembly process (S101). On the other hand, when shipping the game board 13 alone, a shipping process (not shown) for the game board 13 alone is performed, and the game board 13 alone is shipped.

Next, referring to FIGS. 17 to 23, the component positioning hole forming step (S201) and the positioning holes 601 to 629 formed in the component positioning hole forming step will be described. FIG. 17 is a front view of the game board 13 before the part positioning hole forming step (S201) is performed in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. FIG.

17 is delivered from the parts supplier, and the game board 13 delivered is provided with a game board. Various processes are performed in 13 manufacturing processes (see FIG. 10). As shown in FIG. 17, the delivered game board 13 has a cell sheet 60a adhered to a base plate 60, and the peripheries of the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a are cut to form a plurality of pieces. Concavo-convex portions are formed. Also, the game board 13 is formed by cutting a plurality of router holes 651 to 656 for each part. Further, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a are formed with a plurality of nail holes 63 for game nails and pinwheels.

Here, the nail holes 63 provided in the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIG. 18A and 18B are diagrams showing the configuration of a nail hole 63 for a game nail, FIG. 18A is an enlarged front view of XVIIIa in FIG. 17, and FIG. FIG. 18(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIIIb-XVIIIb, and FIG. 18(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIIIc-XVIIIc in FIG. 18(a).

The nail hole 63 for the game nail is formed in advance by a parts supplier so that the game nail or the pinwheel can be easily implanted in the game board 13 . Using the game board 13 in which a plurality of nail holes 63 are formed, a game is played on the game board 13 in the game nail planting step (S203) or the rail and windmill planting step (S204) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. Nails or windmills are planted.

The game nail (not shown) is made of, for example, brass, and has a total length of 35 mm, including a main trunk portion of 24 mm and a spiral trunk portion of 11 mm, and a trunk diameter of 1.7 mm. A game nail is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing the spiral barrel into a nail hole 63 formed in the game board 13 . Therefore, the nail hole 63 for the game nail is formed in a shape (for example, a hole diameter of φ1.0 mm and a depth of 10 mm) capable of holding the spiral body portion (body diameter) of the game nail. is configured so that it does not penetrate The surface of the nail hole 63 for the game nail and the router holes 651 to 656 for each part are cut by a parts supplier so that the cell sheet 60a is not peeled off.

Returning to FIG. 17, the description continues. The router holes 651 to 656 for each part are formed by cutting in advance by a parts supplier. It is provided for inset from. Specifically, a router hole 651 is formed by cutting at a central portion of the game board 13 at a position corresponding to the center frame 86 . Router holes 652 are formed by cutting at positions corresponding to the board surface side ornaments 8 on the left and right portions of the router hole 651 . Further, router holes 653 are formed by cutting at positions corresponding to the through gates 7 on the left and right portions of the router hole 651 . In addition, a router hole 655 is formed by cutting at a position corresponding to the start winning opening unit 4 below the router hole 651 . Further, router holes 654 are formed by cutting at positions corresponding to the general prize winning unit 3 on the left and right portions of the router hole 655 . A router hole 656 is formed by cutting at a position corresponding to the attacker unit 5 below the router hole 655 .

A router hole 652 corresponding to the board side decoration 8, a router hole 653 corresponding to the through gate 7, and a router hole 654 corresponding to the general prize winning unit 3 are formed on the left and right sides of the game board 13, respectively. These router holes 652 to 654 differ only in that they are bilaterally symmetrical in shape, and have the same configuration in other respects. , and description of the other (right) router holes 652 to 654 is omitted.

The router holes 651 to 656 are the insertion parts (for example, the starting back part) of the parts to be inserted (center frame 86, board side decoration 8, through gate 7, general winning opening unit 3, starting winning opening unit 4 and attacker unit 5) 4f, etc.) are formed by cutting to a size slightly larger than the outer shape of the part, and the fitting part of each part can be fitted.

Each part inserted into the router holes 651 to 656 is provided with a connector (not shown) for connection to the main control device 110 or the like mounted on the back side of the game board 13 . By forming the router holes 651 to 656, connectors provided on the back side of each component inserted from the front side of the game board 13 can be connected to the main control device 110 and the like. In the above-described game board surface manufacturing process (S200 in FIG. 10), in the first transport process (S206 to S211) or the second transport process (S213 to S216), for the router holes 651 to 656 provided for each part , is manually inserted from the front side of the game board 13 by a worker.

As described above, each router hole 651-656 has a size slightly larger than the fitting portion (not shown) in order to insert the outline of the fitting portion (not shown) of the parts 3-5, 7, 8, 86 to be fitted. formed. As a result, when the fitting portions of the respective parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 are fitted into the router holes 651 to 656, the fitting portions of the respective parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 and the router holes 651 to 656 There is a slight gap (not shown) between Therefore, after inserting the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 into the router holes 651 to 656 and placing them on the game board 13, the parts 3 to 5, 7, 86 are placed in the second screwing step (S217). Until 8 and 86 are screwed and fixed to the game board 13, due to impacts when the game board 13 moves and stops in the first transport process (S206 to S211) or the second transport process (S213 to S216), Due to the gaps, the mounting positions of the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 may be displaced from the initial mounting positions. In this case, if the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 are fixed to the game board 13, the fixed positions of the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 are offset from the initial placement positions. may become misaligned.

Also, for each part (return ball prevention member 68, right corner decoration 70, upper left corner decoration 71 and main display unit 87) that does not need to be provided with router holes 651 to 656, each part 68, 70, 71, 87 is After being placed in a predetermined mounting position, until each part 68, 70, 71, 87 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13 in the first screwing step (S212) or the second screwing step (S217) , the placement position of each part 68, 70, 71, 87 is initially placed due to the impact when the game board 13 moves or stops in the first transport process (S206 to S211) or the second transport process (S213 to S216). It may move out of place. In this case, if the respective parts 68, 70, 71, 87 are fixed to the game board 13, the fixing positions of the respective parts 68, 70, 71, 87 will be displaced by the deviation from the original placement positions. There is a risk that it will be lost.

Therefore, after the game board 13 is delivered from the parts supplier, at the beginning of the game board surface manufacturing process (S200), the part positioning hole creation process (S201) is performed, and each part is fitted or inserted into the router holes 651 to 656. Before placing on the game board 13, positioning holes 601 to 629 for each part are drilled and formed. Then, when inserting each part into the router holes 651 to 656 or placing them on the game board 13, the worker inserts the positioning projection provided on the back side of the base of each part into the positioning hole. While each part is fitted into the router holes 651 to 656 or placed on the game board 13, the projections are fitted into the positioning holes 620 and the like. As a result, even if an impact or the like occurs when the game board 13 is transported, the components do not shift from their initial positions. That is, it is possible to prevent each component from being displaced from its initial placed position. Thus, forming the positioning holes 601 to 629 for each component in the game board 13 is a very important process that affects the game performance (eg, gauge performance, etc.) of the game board 13 .

Here, referring to FIG. 19, the game board 13 after the positioning hole forming step (S201) will be described. FIG. 19 is a front view of the game board 13 after the part positioning hole forming step (S201) has been performed in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 (see FIG. 10).

After the part positioning hole creation step (S201) in the game board surface manufacturing step (S200) is performed, each part (center frame 86, board side decoration 8, through gate 7, general A predetermined number of positioning holes 611 to 629 (and pilot holes for screws) are drilled and formed.

Specifically, around the router hole 651 corresponding to the center frame 86, there are seven center positioning pins corresponding to seven center projections (not shown) provided on the back side of the center base 86c (see FIG. 3). Holes 613-619 are drilled. Around the router hole 652 corresponding to the board side decoration 8, there are two side positioning holes 628 respectively corresponding to two side projections (not shown) provided on the back side of the side base 8a (see FIG. 3). , 629 are perforated. Further, around the router hole 653 corresponding to the through gate 7, there are two through positioning holes corresponding to the two through projections 7e and 7f (see FIG. 6) provided on the back side of the through base portion 7b (see FIG. 3). Holes 626, 627 (see XXVIa in FIG. 19) are drilled. Also, around the router hole 654 corresponding to the general prize winning unit 3, there are two general positioning holes corresponding to two general projections (not shown) provided on the back side of the general base 3d (see FIG. 3). 611 and 612 are perforated. Furthermore, around the router hole 655 corresponding to the starting prize winning port unit 4, starting positioning holes 620, 621 ( XXIIa in FIG. 19) are perforated. Also, around the router hole 656 corresponding to the attacker unit 5, there are four attacker positioning holes 622 to 625 corresponding respectively to the attacker projections (not shown) provided on the back side of the attacker base 5e (see FIG. 3). perforations are formed.

In addition, around the predetermined mounting position of each part (return ball prevention member 68, right corner decoration 70, upper left corner decoration 71 and main display unit 87) where router holes 651 to 656 are not provided, each part 68, 70 , 71 and 87 are provided with a predetermined number of positioning holes 601 to 610 (and pilot holes for screws).

Specifically, at the mounting position of the return ball prevention member 68, return positioning holes 601, 601 and 601 corresponding to two return protrusions (not shown) provided on the back side of the return base 68a (see FIG. 3) are provided. 602 is perforated. In addition, four right positioning holes 603 to 606 corresponding to four right projections (not shown) provided on the back side of the right base portion 70a are formed at the mounting position of the right corner decoration 70. there is Furthermore, two upper left positioning holes 607 and 608 corresponding to upper left projections (not shown) provided on the back side of the upper left base 71a (see FIG. 3) are drilled at the position where the upper left corner decoration 71 is placed. formed. Two main displays corresponding to two main display projections 87j and 87k (see FIG. 4) provided on the rear side of the main display base 87f (see FIG. 3) are placed at the placement position of the main display unit 87. Positioning holes 609 and 610 (see XXa in FIG. 19) are formed.

Here, referring to FIG. 20, the main display positioning hole 610 at XXa of FIG. 19 will be described. 20A and 20B are diagrams showing the configuration of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301. FIG. 20A is an enlarged front view of XXa in FIG. 19, and FIG. 20(a) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXb-XXb of FIG. 20(a), FIG. 20(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXc-XXc of FIG. 20(a), and FIG. 20(e) is an enlarged view of XXe of FIG. 20(c).

The main display positioning hole 610 is formed by a straight pin 301 attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 in the part positioning hole forming step (S201). In addition to the main display positioning hole 610, the positioning holes formed by the straight pin 301 in the first embodiment include a main display positioning hole 609, right positioning holes 603 to 606, and an upper left positioning hole 607. , 608, but since these positioning holes 603 to 609 have the same configuration as the main display positioning hole 610, description thereof is omitted.

As described above, the straight pin 301 has the straight trunk portion 304 formed in a substantially columnar shape (substantially linear shape in a side view). For this reason, the inner peripheral wall of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight body portion 304 is also formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (substantially linear shape in a side view) along the outer shape of the straight body portion 304. be.

Here, referring to FIG. 21, the hole shape of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 will be described. FIG. 21 is a table showing the relationship between the straight pin 301 and the hole shape of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 . Although the main display positioning hole 610 is formed by the straight body portion 304 and the straight tip portion 305 of the straight pin 301, details of the portion formed by the straight tip portion 305 are omitted in FIG.

The left column of the table in FIG. 21 shows the distance (mm) from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 (the boundary side with the straight tip portion 305). That is, starting from the lowest part of the straight body 304, the distance from the starting point is shown. ) are shown in increments of 0.2 mm (0.1 mm at the bottom) (0.0 mm to 6.5 mm).

The middle row of the table in FIG. 21 shows the shaft diameter (φ: mm) of the straight barrel portion 304 at the position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the straight barrel portion 304 in the left row. Specifically, the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 is shown in units of 0.2 mm from the tip side of the straight body portion 304, and the distance from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 is 0.0 mm (that is, At the boundary portion between the straight tip portion 305 and the straight body portion 304), the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 is φ2.70 mm. From there, the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 gradually increases up to a portion where the distance from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 is 0.8 mm (the distance from the boundary side with the straight tip portion 305 increases by 0.2 mm). The shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm each time it is increased), and the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 is φ2.80 mm at the portion where the distance from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 is 0.8 mm. consists of Further, the axial diameter of the straight body portion 304 at a distance from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the straight body portion 304 and the straight collar portion 303) is φ2. 80 mm.

The right column of the table in FIG. 21 shows the main display positioning formed by the straight body portions 304 at positions corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the straight body portions 304 in the left row (shaft diameter of the straight body portions 304 in the middle row). The hole diameter (φ: mm) of the hole 610 is shown.

Specifically, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is φ2.20 mm at the position corresponding to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 is 0.0 mm, and gradually increases from there (from 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and is formed with a diameter of 2.30 mm at a position corresponding to a portion at a distance of 0.8 mm from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 . In addition, all of the hole diameters at a distance of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm from the tip side of the straight body portion 304 (that is, the boundary portion between the straight body portion 304 and the straight collar portion 303) are formed to have a diameter of φ2.30 mm. .

Regarding the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610, manufacturing errors may occur due to the hardness (elastic force) and thickness of the board of the game board 13, but the right column of the table in FIG. A theoretical value formed by the straight pin 301 is shown without considering the error.

As shown in FIG. 21, the diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is about 0.5 mm smaller than the axial diameter of the straight body portion 304 . This is because the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of elastic woods (plywood) are stacked. Specifically, in the component positioning hole creation step (S201), the straight pin 301 is inserted toward the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, and then the straight pin 301 is removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. At the same time, the wooden material forming the base plate 60 is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 . As a result, the diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is formed to be smaller than the axial diameter of the straight body portion 304 .

In this way, the main display positioning hole 610 has a diameter of φ2.30 mm on the surface of the hole, which does not change for a while in the depth direction, and the entire hole diameter is substantially φ2.30 mm, and the hole as a whole has a substantially cylindrical shape. perforations are formed. That is, the main display positioning hole 610 is formed to have a diameter slightly smaller than 2.4 mm in diameter of the main display projection 87k (see FIG. 4).

As described above, since the base plate 60 is made of elastically deformable wood, if the main display projection 87k having a diameter larger than the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is to be fitted into the main display positioning hole 610, , the entire hole of the main display positioning hole 610 is expanded while being elastically deformed according to the insertion of the main display projection 87k. As a result, the main display projection 87k is configured to fit into the main display positioning hole 610. As shown in FIG.

When the main display projection 87k is fitted into the main display positioning hole 610, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the main display projection 87k. Therefore, once the main display projection 87k is inserted into the main display positioning hole 610, the load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 continues to be applied to the main display projection 87k. Therefore, the main display projection 87k becomes difficult to come off from the main display positioning hole 610, and the main display unit 87 can be temporarily held on the game board 13 continuously. That is, it can be said that the positioning hole punched and formed by the straight pin 301 has a high function of holding the projection of the component once the projection of the component is inserted.

On the other hand, as described above, the diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is slightly smaller than the diameter of the main display projection 87k. Therefore, in the main display unit placing step (S207), when the operator places the main display unit 87 on the game board 13 and tries to fit the main display projection 87k into the main display positioning hole 610, Since the diameter of the main display projection 87k is larger than the diameter of the main display positioning hole 610, the main display projection 87k may not be firmly fitted into the main display positioning hole 610 and may be transported. That is, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 has a low ability to allow the projection of the component to be inserted. In other words, it can be said that a projection non-engagement error is likely to occur, and a component "screw failure" error is likely to occur.

In particular, parts that are plated and have a plated layer (for example, the side protrusions of the board side decoration 8) have a diameter of the entire protrusion that is larger by the thickness of the plated layer. is to be fitted into the positioning hole, the above-described problems tend to occur.

When the game board 13 is transported in a state where the projection non-fitting error occurs and the main display projection 87k is not fitted into the main display positioning hole 610, the main display projection 87k is not temporarily held by the main display positioning hole 610. . For this reason, the mounting position of the main display unit 87 is displaced due to an impact or the like during transportation. In this state, when a screw is driven into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i in the first screwing step (S212), the screw is not the main display screw insertion hole 87g to 87i but the main display base 87f or the game display screw insertion hole 87g to 87i. There is a risk that the main display base 87f or the game board 13 will be damaged by being directly driven into the board 13 . If the main display base 87f or the game board 13 is damaged, the operation of the manufacturing line has to be temporarily stopped, and the main display unit 87 or the game board 13 must be replaced, resulting in a projection non-fitting error. In that case, the productivity of the game board 13 may be remarkably lowered.

Since the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of veneer plates are stacked, the thickness and hardness of each veneer plate differ due to manufacturing irregularities of the veneer plates. As a result, the overall thickness and hardness of the base plate 60 obtained by stacking these veneer plates differ from each other, and manufacturing errors in the base plate 60 occur. However, the straight body portion 304 is configured to be substantially parallel to the depth direction of the main display positioning hole 610 (the direction in which the straight body portion 304 is inserted). The hole shape of the display positioning hole 610 is less likely to cause manufacturing irregularities.

Returning to FIG. 20, the description is continued. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformable, when the straight pins 301 are used to form the main display positioning holes 610 in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the straight trunk portion 304 is formed between the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. A load due to the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the straight body portion 304 while the cell sheet 60a is being inserted. The cell sheet 60a is adhered to the base plate 60, and when the straight body 304 inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a is to be removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the straight body 304 is pulled out. The cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 is also kept in contact with the straight body portion 304 as the base plate 60 is elastically deformed while the base plate 60 is being pulled out. Due to this contact, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the base plate 60, and the cell sheet 60a is torn all over the hole edge of the main display positioning hole 610 to form a raised straight peeled portion 60b (FIG. 20(d)). ) and FIG. 20(e)).

In particular, the peeling of the cell sheet 60a also occurs in the cell sheet 60a composed only of the decorative sheet, but the cell composed of a metal sheet such as an aluminum sheet and a decorative sheet on which a pattern is printed is adhered to increase glossiness. In the case of the sheet, there is a possibility that a larger peeled portion may be generated due to the influence of resistance due to adhesion between the metal sheet and the decorative sheet.

Therefore, when the main display positioning hole 610 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the straight pin 301, a "cell peeling" error occurs, and the straight peeling portion 60b is formed on the entire edge of the main display positioning hole 610. is formed, and this straight peeling portion 60b may reduce the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 or cause an installation error of parts.

Specifically, for example, if the base is transparent like the general base 3d of the general prize winning unit 3, the back surface of the general base 3d is visible. For this reason, the appearance of the game board 13 is deteriorated and the pachinko machine 10 may be less decorative because the straight peeling portion 60b is visible through the general base portion 3d.

Further, for example, in the case where the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the main display unit 87 is placed on the game board 13, the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b is equal to the thickness of the main display unit 87. The display base 87f is lifted from the surface of the game board 13. If the main display unit 87 is fixed with screws in this state, the fixing position of the main display unit 87 deviates from the design value by the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b, and the part is not fixed due to the "positional deviation when fixing the part" error. An installation error will occur. If the installation error occurs, the installation error will affect the game performance (for example, gauge performance), and the game performance as designed may not be obtained, or it may overlap with the installation position of other parts, Other parts may not be installed.

Therefore, the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 has the following two advantages. First, once the main display projection 87k is fitted into the main display positioning hole 610, the main display projection 87k is temporarily held by the elastic force of the base plate 60, and the mounting position of the main display unit 87 is displaced. The point is that it can be eliminated and the projection holding function is high. The second point is that the main display positioning hole 610 is formed by the straight body portion 304 perpendicular to the inserting direction (depth direction), so the thickness and hardness of the base plate 60 affect the This is the point that manufacturing irregularities are less likely to occur.

On the other hand, the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 has the following three disadvantages. The first point is that it is difficult to insert the main display projection 87k into the main display positioning hole 610, so that the projection insertion allowance function is low, and the "screw fastening failure" error is likely to occur. The second point is that the straight peeling portion 60b is formed due to the "cell peeling" error, and the decoration of the pachinko machine 10 is deteriorated. The third point is that an installation error corresponding to the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b occurs, resulting in an error of "positional deviation during fixing of parts". Therefore, the tapered pin 311 was invented for the purpose of eliminating these demerits of the straight pin 301 .

Referring now to FIG. 22, the starting positioning hole 621 at XXIIa of FIG. 19 will be described. 22A and 22B are diagrams showing the configuration of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311. FIG. 22(a) is an enlarged front view of XXIIa in FIG. 22(a) is a cross-sectional view along line XXIIb-XXIIb, FIG. 22(c) is a cross-sectional view along line XXIIc-XXIIc in FIG. 22(a), and FIG. 22(d) is FIG. 22(b). 22(e) is an enlarged view of XXIIe in FIG. 22(c).

This starting positioning hole 621 is formed by taper pin 311 attached to press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of positioning hole punching machine 410 in the component positioning hole forming step (S201). In addition to the starting positioning hole 621, the positioning holes formed by the tapered pin 311 in the first embodiment include a starting positioning hole 620, general positioning holes 611 and 612, center positioning holes 613 to 619, and an attacker positioning hole 622. to 625, but these positioning holes 611 to 620 and 622 to 625 have the same configuration as the starting positioning hole 621, so description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, the tapered pin 311 is formed such that the tapered body portion 314 has an inverted truncated conical shape and is gradually tapered downward in front view. For this reason, the inner peripheral wall of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper body 314 is also formed to have an inverted truncated cone cylindrical shape tapering along the outer shape of the taper body 314 and gradually decreasing in diameter. be done.

Here, referring to FIG. 23, the hole shape of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the tapered pin 311 will be described. FIG. 23 is a table showing the relationship between the taper pin 311 and the hole shape of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 . The starting positioning hole 621 is formed by the tapered body portion 314 and the tapered tip portion 315 of the taper pin 311, but the details of the portion formed by the tapered tip portion 315 are omitted in FIG.

The left column of the table in FIG. 23 shows the distance (mm) of the taper pin 311 from the tip side of the taper body portion 314 (the boundary side with the taper tip portion 315). That is, starting from the lowermost portion of the tapered body portion 314, the distance from the starting point is shown. Specifically, the distance from the tip side (0.0 mm) of the tapered barrel portion 314 increases by 0.2 mm (0.1 mm at the bottom) in order from the upper left row to the lower left row (0.0 mm). ~6.5 mm) are shown.

The middle row of the table in FIG. 23 shows the shaft diameter (φ: mm) of the tapered trunk portion 314 at the position corresponding to the distance from the distal end side of the tapered trunk portion 314 in the left row. Specifically, the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is shown in units of 0.2 mm from the tip side of the tapered body portion 314, and the distance from the tip side of the tapered body portion 314 is 0.0 mm (that is, At the boundary portion between the tapered distal end portion 315 and the tapered trunk portion 314), the shaft diameter of the tapered trunk portion 314 is φ2.70 mm. Then, the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 gradually increases from there (the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm each time the distance from the boundary side with the tapered tip portion 315 increases by 0.2 mm). ), and the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is φ3.50 mm at the portion where the distance from the tip side of the tapered body portion 314 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the tapered body portion 314 and the tapered collar portion 313). It is configured.

The right row of the table in FIG. 23 shows the starting positioning holes formed by the tapered barrel portions 314 at positions corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the tapered barrel portions 314 in the left row (shaft diameter of the tapered barrel portions 314 in the middle row). 621 pore diameter (φ: mm).

Specifically, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is 2.20 mm at a position corresponding to a distance of 0.0 mm from the distal end side of the tapered body 314, and gradually increases from there (0.02 mm to 0.02 mm). 0.03 mm), and is formed to have a diameter of 3.00 mm at a position corresponding to a portion of the tapered body portion 314 that is 6.5 mm away from the distal end side.

Regarding the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621, manufacturing errors may occur due to the effects of the hardness (elastic force) and thickness of the board of the game board 13. The right column of the table in FIG. The theoretical value formed by the taper pin 311 without considering .

As shown in FIG. 23, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is smaller than the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 by about 0.5 mm. This is because the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of elastic woods (plywood) are stacked. That is, in the component positioning hole creation step (S201), when the taper pin 311 is inserted toward the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a and then the taper pin 311 is removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the base plate 60 is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 . As a result, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is formed smaller than the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 .

In this way, the starting positioning hole 621 is formed in an inverted truncated cone cylindrical shape so that the diameter of the hole surface gradually decreases from a maximum diameter of φ3.00 mm in the depth direction. It is perforated and formed. Therefore, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is formed to be larger than the diameter of φ2.5 mm of the starting projection 4j (see FIG. 5) at the hole surface and smaller at the bottom of the hole. Therefore, the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 (from the tip side of the tapered barrel portion 314, the shaft diameter of the tapered barrel portion 314 from 0.0 mm to 2.4 mm) ) to make contact with the starting projection 4j. As a result, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 has a high ability to allow the projection insertion of the component, and it is difficult for the projection non-insertion error to occur when the component is placed by the operator.

That is, when trying to insert the starting protrusion 4j into the starting positioning hole 621, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is larger than the diameter of the starting protrusion 4j at the hole surface portion of the starting positioning hole 621, so that the starting protrusion 4j cannot be positioned. It is smoothly inserted into the hole 621 . Inside the starting positioning hole 621 formed in a tapered shape, a portion where the diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 and the diameter of the starting protrusion 4j match (in the first embodiment, the diameter of the starting protrusion 4j from the tip side of the tapered trunk portion 314 is The portion formed by the position corresponding to the distance of 2.4 mm), the inside of the tapered starting positioning hole 621 and the starting projection 4j come into contact with each other. Then, when the starting projection 4j is further inserted in the depth direction of the starting positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 and the starting projection 4j contact, the base plate 60 is made of wood that can be elastically deformed. Because of this configuration, the hole of the starting positioning hole 621 is elastically deformed and expanded according to the insertion of the starting projection 4j. As a result, the starting projection 4j is configured to be fitted into the starting positioning hole 621. As shown in FIG.

When the starting projection 4j is further inserted in the depth direction of the starting positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 and the starting projection 4j contact, the base plate is always kept against the starting projection 4j. A load based on elastic deformation of 60 is applied. Therefore, when the starting protrusion 4j is further inserted in the depth direction of the starting positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inner portion of the starting positioning hole 621 and the starting protrusion 4j contact, the base plate 60 is pushed into the starting protrusion 4j. An elastic load continues to be applied. As a result, the starting protrusion 4j is less likely to come off from the starting positioning hole 621, and the starting prize winning port unit 4 can be kept temporarily held on the game board 13.例文帳に追加

Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the tapered pin 311 facilitates the insertion of the component-side projection into the positioning hole when the operator places the component, so that the projection for the component does not fit into the positioning hole. can be prevented. Further, since the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 also has a function of temporarily holding the protrusion of the component inside the hole, it is possible to eliminate the disadvantages of the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301.

Returning to FIG. 22, the description is continued. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the taper pin 311 is used to form the starting positioning hole 621 in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the tapered trunk portion 314 is formed between the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. A load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the tapered body portion 314 while the needle 60a is being pierced. From this state, when trying to remove the tapered body portion 314 from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, since the tapered body portion 314 is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter in the inserting direction, the base plate 60 is removed. Contact with the tapered trunk portion 314 can be suppressed even when elastically deformed. Further, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also be prevented from coming into contact with the tapered trunk portion 314 even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, when the tapered body portion 314 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled off from the base plate 60, and the tapered peeled portion 60c is formed slightly. Stay (see Figures 22(d) and 22(e)).

As a result, the tapered stripped portion 60c formed when the positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311 is smaller than the straight stripped portion 60b (see FIG. 20) formed when the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301. It is possible to make it difficult for the "cell peeling" error to occur. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 from deteriorating, to make it difficult to cause a component installation error due to the "cell peeling" error, and to prevent the "positional deviation when fixing the component" error. can.

Specifically, for example, in a part that is not plated and is transparent (for example, the general prize winning unit 3), the base (for example, the general base 3d) is transparent, so the back surface of the base is The tapered stripped portion 60c is visible through the base. However, since the tapered peeling part 60c is small, it does not spoil the appearance of the game board 13 and does not deteriorate the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加

Further, for example, when the starting winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the starting winning opening unit 4 is placed on the game board 13, the thickness of the tapered peeling portion 60c is small. The starting base 4e of the starting prize winning port unit 4 is placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. By fixing the starting prize winning port unit 4 with screws in this state, the fixing position of the starting prize winning port unit 4 can be set substantially according to the design value, and the installation error of the parts can be prevented.

However, as described above, the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of veneer plates are stacked. In addition, the thickness of each plywood board differs due to manufacturing irregularities of the plywood board. Therefore, since the thickness of the entire base plate 60 formed by superimposing the plywood plates is also different for each game board 13, a manufacturing error occurs in the thickness of the game board 13 itself. In addition, the hardness of each plywood board differs due to manufacturing irregularities of the plywood board. Therefore, since the hardness of the entire base plate 60 formed by superimposing the plywood plates is also different for each game board 13, a manufacturing error occurs in the hardness of the game board 13 itself.

Here, in the component positioning hole creation process (see S201 in FIG. 10), when the positioning hole drilling machine 410 (see FIG. 11) is to drill the positioning hole for the component, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 In practice, the positioning holes are formed with a constant force and at a constant position, but the thickness or hardness of the base plate 60 differs. Manufacturing irregularities occur. In the case of a pin substantially parallel to the insertion direction, such as the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301, there is no great difference in the positioning holes that are formed. If the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 gradually changes in the direction, the positioning holes formed according to the plate thickness or hardness of the base plate 60 will differ.

Specifically, for example, when the board thickness of the game board 13 (base board 60) is thick, the taper body 314 is inserted deeper into the game board 13 than usual, so that the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed is becomes larger. Also, if the game board 13 (base plate 60) is soft, the tapered body 314 is likely to be deeply inserted into the game board 13, so that the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed is increased.

As an adverse effect when the positioning hole is formed to be large, for example, the tip of the protrusion on the component side (in the first embodiment, 2.0 mm from the base of the component (2.0 mm in the case of a protrusion having a plating layer). 05 mm)), if the diameter of the positioning hole is larger than the diameter of the protrusion on the component side (φ2.40 mm in the first embodiment (φ2.50 mm for the protrusion having a plated layer)), That is, when the hole diameter near the depth of 2.00 mm of the positioning hole is φ2.40 mm (φ2.50 mm in the case of a protrusion having a plated layer) or more, inside the positioning hole, the protrusion on the component side Therefore, a load based on the elastic force of the base plate 60 cannot be applied. If the protrusions on the component side are not temporarily held by the positioning holes, the protrusions on the component side are likely to pop out of the positioning holes due to impacts or the like during the process of transporting the game board 13, resulting in a protrusion non-fitting error during the transport stage. There is a risk of

In particular, the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 were not screwed in the first screwing step (S212) even though they were placed on the game board 13 in the first transporting step (S206 to S211), and the second screw It is not fixed with screws until the step of fixing (S217). In addition, the general winning slot unit 3 and the board side decoration 8 are placed on the game board 13 in the initial stage of the second conveying process (S213 to S216) until they are fixed with screws in the second screwing process. Since the conveying distance is long, the game board 13 is subjected to many impacts during the conveying process, and there is a high possibility that the protrusions on the component side will jump out of the positioning holes.

In addition, when the positioning hole is formed to be large, the protrusion on the component side is not temporarily held firmly at one point of the positioning hole, and the position of the protrusion on the component side is displaced within the positioning hole. If the parts are fixed with screws in such a state, the fixing positions of the parts will deviate from the design values, causing installation errors of the parts, and it can be said that the "positional deviation when fixing the parts" error is likely to occur.

When the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 is manufactured unevenly and the hole diameter of the positioning hole becomes larger than usual, the function of holding the projection is deteriorated as described above. One of the reasons for this is that the cross-sectional shape of the positioning hole in the depth direction is always almost perfectly circular, so there is no protrusion holding function on the hole surface (the shallow part of the hole), and the protrusion is held only in the depth direction of the hole. This is because the functions are guaranteed. Specifically, since the positioning hole is formed by the tapered body portion 314 having a tapered inverted truncated conical shape, the cross-sectional shape of the positioning hole in the depth direction is substantially a perfect circle. This is because the circular cross-sectional portion can either come into contact with or not come into contact with the protrusion on the component side. That is, in the positioning hole formed by the tapered pin 311, the part that is the same as the diameter of the projection on the component side first comes into contact with the projection on the part side at the positioning hole, and the part of the positioning hole that is shallower than the contact part is Since it does not come into contact with the protrusions on the component side, if the diameter of the positioning hole is formed larger than usual, the portion that does not come into contact with the protrusions on the component side becomes large, and the protrusion holding function deteriorates.

On the other hand, for example, when the thickness of the game board 13 (base plate 60) is thin, the taper body 314 is inserted into the game board 13 more shallowly than usual, so that the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed is becomes smaller. Further, when the game board 13 (base plate 60) is hard, the taper body 314 is difficult to be inserted into the game board 13, so that the hole diameter of the positioning hole to be drilled becomes small.

As an adverse effect when the positioning hole is formed to be small, in the component placement process (first transport process (S206 to S211) or second transport process (S213 to S216)), the operator may play with the component. When it is placed on the board 13 and the protrusion on the part side is to be fitted into the positioning hole, the protrusion on the part side reaches the bottom (back side) of the positioning hole before the base of the part comes into contact with the game board 13. , and the parts may be transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13.例文帳に追加If the part is transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13 and screwed in that state, the gap between the part and the game board 13 deviates from the design value, resulting in an installation error of the part. , "Position misalignment when fixing parts" error occurs. If the installation error occurs, the installation error will affect the game performance (for example, gauge performance), and the game performance as designed may not be obtained, or the installation position of other parts may differ. There is a possibility that it overlaps and other parts cannot be installed.

In particular, parts that are plated and have a plated layer (for example, starting protrusion 4i, etc.) have a diameter of the entire protrusion that is larger by the thickness of the plated layer. If you try to fit it in, the problems described above are likely to occur.

As described above, the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 has the following four advantages. The first point is that the starting protrusion 4j can be easily inserted into the starting positioning hole 621, and the protrusion insertion permitting function is high. The second point is that after the starting protrusion 4j is inserted into the starting positioning hole 621, the starting protrusion 4j is temporarily held by the inside of the starting positioning hole 621, so that the placement position of the starting winning opening unit 4 does not shift. is. The third point is to reduce the tapered peeled portion 60c generated in the process of drilling the starting positioning hole 621 so that the decoration of the pachinko machine 10 is not reduced. Fourth, since the tapered peeling portion 60c of the cell sheet 60a is small, when the starting winning hole unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the influence of the peeling of the cell sheet 60a is reduced, and the starting winning hole unit 4 fixed positions can be set according to the design value.

On the other hand, the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 has one disadvantage as follows. Specifically, the hole shape of the starting positioning hole 621 varies depending on the individual difference of the base plate 60, and the size of the hole shape varies during manufacturing. In particular, when the hole is formed with a large hole shape, the function of holding the projection deteriorates. Also, if the hole shape is formed to be small, the part will float from the game board 13, and the fixed position of the part will deviate from the design value, resulting in an installation error of the part.

Here, referring to FIGS. 24 and 25, an error caused by positioning holes for parts in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 24 is a table showing the types of errors occurring in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the main influences, causes, whether corrections are possible, and the importance of the errors. FIG. 25 is a front view of the through gate 7 showing an example of screwing failure by the screwing machine 420 (see FIG. 16).

As shown in FIG. 24, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the error types caused by the positioning holes into which the protrusions of the parts are inserted are the "screw fastening failure" error, the "cell separation" error, and the "parts It is categorized as "Positional misalignment when fixed" error.

The "screw fastening failure" error is an error in which the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) drives a screw into the base of the part to be screwed instead of the screw insertion hole of the part. The main effects of the "screw failure" error are damage to the parts for which the screw failure has occurred, and damage to the game board 13 itself. If the part or the game board 13 is damaged due to this "screw failure" error, the production line of the game board 13 itself must be temporarily stopped, and the part or the game board 13 must be replaced. When replacing a part, the unit price of the part itself will be lost. In addition, if the production line is temporarily stopped, the productivity of the game board 13 will be lowered for the period of stoppage. Therefore, this “screw fastening failure” error greatly affects the productivity of the game board 13 .

As described above, the cause of the "screw fastening failure" error is that the projection is not inserted into the positioning hole, )) is displaced from the position where it was placed in the step of screwing (the first screwing step (S212) or the second screwing step (S217)).

Here, with reference to FIG. 25, an example in which the through gate 7 is screwed unsuccessfully will be described. In the step of screwing a screw into the through-screw insertion hole 7c of the through-gate 7 (in the first embodiment, the second screwing step (S217)), either or both of the through-projections 7e and 7f of the through-gate 7 are positioned for through-positioning. If it is not firmly fitted into the holes 626 and 627, the placement position of the through gate 7 will be displaced due to the impact during the process of transporting the game board 13.例文帳に追加

The screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) is set so as to drive screws into the designed position without checking whether the mounting position of the through gate 7 is displaced. Therefore, when the screw is to be screwed into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d by the screw driving machine 420 in a state in which the mounting position is displaced, the predetermined position (first position) of the through base 7b different from the through screw insertion hole 7c In the embodiment, the screw is driven into the through screw insertion hole 7c (lower side in front view). When a screw is screwed into the through base portion 7b, the through base portion 7b cannot withstand the impact and cracks, forming a crack 7z. Since the through gate 7 with the crack 7z thus formed must be replaced, the manufacturing line for the game board 13 must be stopped during the replacement work.

Returning to FIG. 24, the description continues. Therefore, this "screw fastening failure" error damages the parts or the game board 13, and the damaged parts or the game board 13 cannot be corrected. Further, when the production line is stopped, the productivity of the game board 13 is lowered. Therefore, this "screw fastening failure" error is classified as an error (large) with the highest degree of importance among the errors caused by positioning holes.

Next, the "cell peeling" error is an error in which the cell sheet 60a peels from the base plate 60 when the positioning holes are drilled. The main effect of the "cell peeling" error is that if the base of the part that comes into contact with the game board 13 is transparent, the player can see the peeled cell from the base of the transparent part, which is unsightly. The decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is deteriorated.

Factors that cause the "cell peeling" error include, as described above, in the part positioning hole creating step (S201), when the straight pin 301 is inserted into the game board 13 and then pulled out, This is because the cell sheet 60 a is peeled off from the game board 13 .

This "cell peeling" error occurs when a straight peeling portion 60b (see FIG. 20) is formed along the entire edge of the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) formed by the straight pin 301, and the straight peeling occurs once. If the portion 60b is formed, it cannot be corrected. However, the parts and the game board 13 are not damaged, and the peeling of the cell sheet 60a does not cause a large loss. Therefore, the "cell detachment" error is classified as an error (medium) of relatively high importance among errors caused by positioning holes.

Next, the "positional deviation when fixing a component" error is an error in which a component is fixed at a position that deviates from the design value. The main effect of this "positional misalignment when fixing parts" error is that the fixed position of the part differs from the design value, and the difference in the fixed position affects the flow direction of the ball flowing down the game area. , the gauge performance (game performance) differs from the design value.

As described above, the cause of the "positional deviation when fixing a component" error is that the cell sheet 60a is peeled off in the component positioning hole making step (S201), and the thickness of the peeled cell sheet 60a is increased. Occurs due to In addition, the "positional deviation when fixing parts" error is caused by the manufacturing unevenness of the positioning hole due to the individual difference (thickness or hardness) of the game board 13 when the taper pin 311 is used to form the positioning hole in the game board 13. may occur.

This "positional misalignment when fixing parts" error is detected in an inspection process or the like after the screws are temporarily fastened in the first screwing process (S212) or the second screwing process (S217). If it is found, it can be resolved (corrected) by removing the screw that has already been screwed in, returning the part to its normal position, and then tightening the screw again. Therefore, this "positional deviation at the time of component fixation" error is classified as an error (small) with a low degree of importance among the errors due to the positioning hole. In addition, if a part is damaged due to this "positional misalignment when fixing parts" error (for example, if the fixed position of the previously fixed part is misaligned, other parts that are fixed later) (e.g., if it overlaps with the fixed position of the part and the part is damaged), there is a possibility that it will lead to an error that cannot be corrected.

Therefore, when the positioning hole is formed by using the straight pin 301, a "screw failure" error or "cell peeling" error is likely to occur. Failure" error or "Positional deviation when fixing parts" error is likely to occur. Therefore, the hybrid pin 321 was invented to prevent the occurrence of these errors.

Here, referring to FIG. 26, the through positioning hole 627 at XXVIa of FIG. 19 will be described. 26A and 26B are diagrams showing the configuration of through positioning holes 627 formed by the hybrid pins 321. FIG. 26(a) is an enlarged front view of XXVIa in FIG. 19, and FIG. FIG. 26(a) is a cross-sectional view along the XXVIb-XXVIb line, FIG. 26(c) is a cross-sectional view along the XXVIc-XXVIc line in FIG. 26(a), and FIG. 26(e) is an enlarged view of XXVIe in FIG. 26(c).

The through positioning hole 627 is formed by the hybrid pin 321 attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 in the component positioning hole forming step (S201). In addition to the through positioning hole 627, the through positioning hole 626, the return positioning holes 601 and 602, and the side positioning holes 628 and 629 correspond to the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321 in the first embodiment. However, since these positioning holes 601, 602, 626, 628, and 629 have the same configuration as the through positioning hole 627, their description will be omitted.

As described above, the hybrid pin 321 includes a hybrid straight portion 324a (see FIG. 14) formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction in the hybrid trunk portion 324, and and a hybrid tapered portion 324b (see FIG. 14) formed in a tapered shape in which the shaft diameter gradually decreases toward the end. For this reason, the inner peripheral wall of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid trunk portion 324 also has a hole shape ( It is perforated and formed in a rectangular (oval) shape with rounded corners when viewed from the front.

Specifically, of the through positioning hole 627, a through straight portion 627a corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is formed to be substantially parallel in the depth direction. On the other hand, a through tapered portion 627b corresponding to the hybrid tapered portion 324b of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is bored so as to gradually decrease in diameter in a tapered shape in the depth direction.

A through-straight portion 627a formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is formed with a through-positioning hole 627 so as to extend in the vertical direction of the game board 13 when viewed from the front. This is to prevent the through projection 7f from being caught by the hole edge (corner) of the through straight portion 627a and jumping out of the through positioning hole 627 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, as described above. be.

Here, referring to FIG. 27, the hole shape of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 will be described. FIG. 27 is a table showing the relationship between the hybrid pin 321 and the shape of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321. As shown in FIG. Although the through positioning hole 627 is formed by the hybrid trunk portion 324 and the hybrid tip portion 325 of the hybrid pin 321, details of the portion formed by the hybrid tip portion 325 are omitted in FIG.

The leftmost column (hereinafter referred to as the "leftmost column") in the table of FIG. 27 indicates the distance (mm) from the hybrid pin 321 to the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 (the boundary side with the hybrid tip portion 325). showing. That is, starting from the lowest part of the hybrid trunk 324, the distance from the starting point is shown. Specifically, the tip side (0 Values (0.0 mm to 6.5 mm) are shown in increments of 0.2 mm (0.1 mm at the bottom) from 0.0 mm).

The second column from the left in the table of FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “left two columns”) shows the hybrid trunk portions 324 of the hybrid trunk portions 324 at the position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 in the leftmost row. The shaft diameter (minor diameter: mm) of the straight portion 324a is shown. Specifically, in a portion at a distance of 0.0 mm from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 (that is, a boundary portion between the hybrid distal end portion 325 and the hybrid trunk portion 324), the axial diameter (minor diameter) of the hybrid straight portion 324a ) is 2.70 mm. From there, the shaft diameter of the hybrid straight portion 324a gradually increases (the distance from the boundary side with the hybrid tip portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm) to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is 0.8 mm. Each time, the shaft diameter of the hybrid straight portion 324a increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and the shaft diameter (minor diameter) of the hybrid straight portion 324a increases at a distance of 0.8 mm from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324. is 2.80 mm. In addition, the axial diameter (minor diameter) of the hybrid straight portion at a distance of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid trunk portion 324 and the hybrid collar portion 323) is All are 2.80 mm.

The third column from the left in the table of FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as the “middle column”) shows the hybrid tapered portions of the hybrid trunk portions 324 at positions corresponding to the distance from the distal end side of the leftmost hybrid trunk portion 324 . The axial diameter (major diameter: mm) of the portion 324b is shown. Specifically, at a portion at a distance of 0.0 mm from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 (that is, a boundary portion between the hybrid tip portion 325 and the hybrid trunk portion 324), the shaft diameter (major axis) is 2.70 mm. be. Then, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b gradually increases from there (every time the distance from the boundary side with the hybrid tip portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm. ), and in a portion at a distance of 6.5 mm from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 (that is, a boundary portion between the hybrid trunk portion 324 and the hybrid collar portion 323), the shaft diameter (major diameter) of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is 3 mm. .50mm.

The fourth column from the left in FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “right two columns”) is the distance from the tip side of the leftmost hybrid trunk portion 324 (the shaft diameter (minor diameter) of the left two hybrid straight portions 324a. )) of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a at the position corresponding to )), the short diameter (mm) of the through straight portion 627a.

Specifically, of the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, the minor diameter of the through straight portion 627a formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a corresponds to a portion at a distance of 0.0 mm from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324. 2.20 mm at the first position, gradually increasing (0.02 mm to 0.03 mm) from there, and forming 2.30 mm at the position corresponding to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body 324 is 0.8 mm. It is Further, the short diameter of the through straight portion 627a at a distance of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm from the tip side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid trunk portion 324 and the hybrid collar portion 323) is all 2.5 mm. It is formed with 30 mm.

Regarding the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, manufacturing errors may occur due to the effects of the hardness (elastic force) and thickness of the board of the game board 13, but the right two columns of the table in FIG. A theoretical value formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid pin 321 is shown without considering the error.

The fifth column from the left in FIG. 27 (that is, the rightmost column, hereinafter referred to as the “rightmost column”) is the distance from the tip side of the leftmost hybrid body portion 324 (middle-row hybrid tapered portion 324b of the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid tapered portion 324b at the position corresponding to the shaft diameter of the through tapered portion 627b (mm).

Specifically, of the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, the major diameter of the through taper portion 627b formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b is , 2.20 mm, gradually increasing from there (0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and 3.00 mm at a position corresponding to a portion 6.5 mm from the distal end side of the hybrid body 324. there is

Regarding the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, manufacturing errors may occur due to the effects of the hardness (elastic force) and thickness of the board of the game board 13. In the rightmost column of the table in FIG. A theoretical value formed by the hybrid tapered portion 324b of the hybrid pin 321 is shown without considering the error.

As shown in FIG. 27 , the through positioning hole 627 has a hole diameter (shorter diameter and longer diameter) smaller than the shaft diameter of the hybrid body 324 by about 0.5 mm. This is because, as described above, the base plate 60 is made of plywood in which a plurality of elastic woods (plywood) are stacked. Specifically, in the component positioning hole creation step (S201), the hybrid pin 321 is inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, and then the hybrid pin 321 is removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. At the same time, the wooden material forming the base plate 60 is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627 . As a result, the through positioning hole 627 has a hole diameter (shorter diameter and longer diameter) smaller than the shaft diameter of the hybrid body portion 324 .

In this way, of the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, the minor diameter of the through straight portion 627a does not change from the minor diameter of 2.30 mm of the hole surface in the depth direction for a while, and is approximately 2.30 mm (at the lowest part, 2.20 mm). Also, the major diameter of the through taper portion 627b is formed such that the major diameter of the hole surface gradually decreases from 3.00 mm at maximum in the depth direction, and is formed to 2.20 mm at the lowest part of the hole. That is, in the through positioning hole 627, the short diameter of the through straight portion 627a is slightly smaller than the diameter of the through projection 7f of φ2.4 mm, while the long diameter of the through taper portion 627b is the diameter of the through projection 7f of φ2.4 mm. It is formed larger on the pore surface and smaller at the bottom of the pore.

When the through projection 7f is to be fitted into the through positioning hole 627, the short diameter of the through straight portion 627a is smaller than the diameter of the through projection 7f. Therefore, the through projection 7f is fitted into the through positioning hole 627 by elastically deforming and expanding the through straight portion 627a according to the insertion of the through projection 7f. When the through projection 7f is fitted into the through positioning hole 627, a load due to elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied from the through straight portion 627a to the through projection 7f. Therefore, once the through projection 7f is fitted into the through positioning hole 627, the load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 continues to be applied to the portion of the through projection 7f that contacts the through straight portion 627a. For this reason, the through projection 7f becomes difficult to come off from the through positioning hole 627, and the through gate 7 can be temporarily held on the game board 13 continuously.

In particular, the through straight portions 627a are formed at two locations in the through positioning hole 627, and the through straight portions 627a are formed so as to face each other. With this configuration, the through projection 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 can be held by the through straight portion 627a so as to be sandwiched between the through projections 7f. It is possible to prevent it from protruding from the through positioning hole 627 . Therefore, the through projection 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 is kept held to prevent the through gate 7 from being detached from the game board 13, thereby improving convenience when parts are attached to the game board 13. can be achieved.

Further, in the hole surface portion having the long diameter formed by the through taper portion 627b, the long diameter formed by the through taper portion 627b is larger than the diameter (φ2.4 mm) of the through projection 7f. Therefore, the through projection 7f is smoothly inserted into the through positioning hole 627 compared to a positioning hole (for example, a positioning hole formed by a straight pin 301) whose diameter is smaller than that of the through projection 7f. In the through taper portion 627b of the through positioning hole 627 formed in a tapered shape, a portion where the major diameter of the through taper portion 627b and the diameter of the through projection 7f match (in the first embodiment, the diameter of the through taper portion 627b from the tip end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is The through taper portion 627b of the through positioning hole 627 formed in a tapered shape and the tip of the through protrusion 7f come into contact with each other at a position corresponding to a distance of 1.6 mm (axial diameter of the hybrid tapered portion of 2.90 mm). Then, when the through projection 7f is further inserted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the contact portion between the through taper portion 627b and the through projection 7f, the through taper portion 627b is elastically deformed according to the insertion of the through projection 7f. is extended by As a result, the through projection 7f is configured to fit into the through tapered portion 627b.

When the through projection 7f is further inserted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the contact portion between the through taper portion 627b and the through projection 7f, the through taper portion 627b always contacts the base plate with respect to the through projection 7f. A load based on elastic deformation of 60 is applied. Therefore, when the through projection 7f is further inserted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the contact portion between the through taper portion 627b and the through projection 7f, the load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 is applied to the through projection 7f. continues to add. For this reason, the through tapered portion 627b is additionally loaded in addition to the load by the through straight portion 627a described above, making it difficult for the through projection 7f to escape from the through positioning hole 627, and the through gate 7 continues to be temporarily held on the game board 13. be able to.

In particular, the through taper portions 627b are formed at two locations in the through positioning hole 627, and the through taper portions 627b are formed to face each other. With this configuration, on the hole surface of the through positioning hole 627, since the hole diameter of the through positioning hole formed by the through tapered portions 627b that face each other is larger than the diameter of the through projection 7f, the through positioning hole 627 has a through positioning hole. It is possible to facilitate the insertion of the projection 7f.

Further, in the through positioning hole 627, two through straight portions 627a and two through taper portions 627b are alternately formed. Therefore, the through tapered portion 627b formed so as to face (face) facilitates the insertion of the through projection 7f into the through positioning hole 627, and the through straight portion 627a formed so as to face (face) the through projection 7f. It can be held so as to be sandwiched. Therefore, the through projection 7f can be easily inserted into the through positioning hole 627, and the through projection 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 can be continuously held to prevent the through gate 7 from coming off the game board 13. The performance of the game board 13 can be improved.

Thus, the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 can continue to temporarily hold the through projection 7f fitted into the through positioning hole 627 by the through straight portion 627a. Further, the through taper portion 627b can facilitate the insertion of the through protrusion 7f into the through positioning hole 627. As shown in FIG.

Conventionally, the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) formed by the straight pin 301 is formed slightly smaller in diameter than the projection (for example, the main display projection 87k) on the part side, so the game board surface manufacturing In the first conveying step (S206 to S211) or the second conveying step (S213 to S216) in the process (see S200 in FIG. 10), the worker places the part on the game board 13, and the protrusion on the part side is When trying to fit it into the positioning hole, the diameter of the projection is larger than the diameter of the positioning hole, so there is a risk that the projection will be transported without being firmly fitted into the positioning hole. In particular, parts that are plated and have a plated layer (for example, the side protrusions of the board side decoration 8) have a diameter of the entire protrusion that is larger by the thickness of the plated layer. is to be fitted into the positioning hole, the above-described problems tend to occur.

In addition, the diameter of the positioning hole (for example, the starting positioning hole 621) formed by the taper pin 311 changes (large or small) due to the individual differences (thickness and hardness) of the base plate 60. Manufacturing irregularities may occur in the size of the hole shape. In particular, when the size of the hole shape is large, it becomes easier to insert the projection on the component side into the positioning hole (improves the function of allowing insertion of the projection), but the elastic force of the base plate 60 allows the projection on the component side to be inserted. The temporary holding force (protrusion holding function) is reduced, and there is a risk that the protrusions on the part side may pop out of the positioning holes during the process of transporting the game board 13 or the like. Also, if the size of the hole shape is small, when trying to fit the projection on the side of the part into the positioning hole, the projection of the part will reach the maximum position of the positioning hole before the base of the part comes into contact with the game board 13. It may reach the lower part (back side). If the parts are conveyed in a floating state with respect to the game board 13 and are screwed in that state, the gaps between the parts and the game board 13 deviate from the design values, resulting in placement errors of the parts. It may occur.

On the other hand, according to the positioning hole (for example, the through positioning hole 627) punched by the hybrid pin 321, the taper portion (for example, the through taper portion 627b) formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b allows While making it easy to insert the projection into the positioning hole (maintaining the function of allowing insertion of the projection), the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627a) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a allows the inside of the positioning hole It is possible to temporarily hold the projection on the side of the component that is fitted in (maintain the projection holding function). That is, as described above, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is less prone to manufacturing irregularities, and thus can always have a certain degree of protrusion holding function. In addition, as described above, the tapered portion formed by the hybrid tapered portion 324b may have a diameter larger than the diameter of the projection on the component side, although it may cause manufacturing unevenness, so it always has a constant projection insertion permitting function. be able to.

Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 eliminates the disadvantages of the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 and the disadvantages of the positioning hole formed by the tapered pin 311, while eliminating the advantages of the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311. By combining the advantage of the positioning hole, the shape has both the "projection holding function" and the "projection insertion permitting function" of the projection on the component side.

Returning to FIG. 26, the description continues. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the through positioning holes 627 are formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pins 321, the hybrid body portion 324 is formed between the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. A load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the hybrid trunk portion 324 while the sheet 60a is being stabbed. A cell sheet 60a is attached to the base plate 60, and the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is also attached to the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a while the hybrid body 324 is being pulled out. As the base plate 60 elastically deforms, it continues to contact the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid trunk portion 324 . Due to this contact, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the base plate 60, and the cell sheet 60a at the portion corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627 is peeled off, resulting in a raised hybrid straight peeled portion. 60d is formed (see FIGS. 26(d) and 26(e)).

Since the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed only at a portion of the hybrid body portion 324 that contacts the hybrid straight body portion 324a, it is formed while contacting the entire straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301. It is formed smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b.

On the other hand, when the hybrid body 324 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the hybrid tapered part 324b of the hybrid body 324 is gradually reduced in diameter in the insertion direction. The base plate 60 can suppress contact with the hybrid tapered portion 324b even when elastically deformed. Moreover, even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also be prevented from coming into contact with the hybrid tapered portion 324b. Therefore, when the hybrid trunk portion 324 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled from the base plate 60, and the hybrid tapered peeling portion 60e is slightly formed. (see FIGS. 26(d) and 26(e)).

As described above, the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is prevented from forming a peeling portion by suppressing the contact between the hybrid taper portion 324b and the cell sheet 60a. Since it is formed, it is affected by the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d. Therefore, since the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is formed under the influence of the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d, it is larger than the taper peeling portion 60c formed by the taper pin 311 (see FIGS. 22(d) and 22(e)). is formed smaller than the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d.

Therefore, the peeling portions 60b to 60e respectively formed by the pins 301, 311, and 321 peel off the cell sheet 60a in the order of taper peeling portion 60c<hybrid taper peeling portion 60e<hybrid straight peeling portion 60d<straight peeling portion 60b. becomes larger.

Therefore, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed on the edge of the through positioning hole 627 at a position corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a. At the same time, a hybrid tapered stripped portion 60e is formed at a position corresponding to the hybrid tapered portion 324b. The decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 does not deteriorate as compared with the peeling portion 60b.

Similarly, when the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the through gate 7 is placed on the game board 13, the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d and the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e are the straight peeling portions. smaller than 60b. Therefore, the through base portion 7b of the through gate 7 can be placed in a state in which it is substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. Therefore, by fixing the through gate 7 to the game board 13 with screws in this state, the installation error of the fixed position of the through gate 7 can be reduced and the yield can be increased.

Therefore, the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 can eliminate the disadvantages of the pins 301 and 311 while maintaining the advantages of the straight pin 301 and the tapered pin 311 .

Specifically, the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) punched by the straight pin 301 has a hole shape (excluding the portion formed by the straight tip portion 305) that is different from the hole surface in depth. It is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape with a uniform diameter along the direction. Therefore, while the hole as a whole has a high function of retaining the protrusion, the hole as a whole is configured to have a low function of allowing insertion of the protrusion.

Also, the positioning hole (for example, the starting positioning hole 620) formed by the taper pin 311 has a shape of the hole (excluding the portion formed by the taper tip portion 315) that is radially in the depth direction from the hole surface. is formed in an inverted truncated conical shape with a gradually decreasing diameter. For this reason, although the hole as a whole has a high projection insertion permitting function, the projection holding function does not work up to a certain depth inside the hole.

On the other hand, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 (for example, the through positioning hole 627) has a shape of the hole (excluding the portion formed by the hybrid tip portion 325) with respect to the depth direction from the hole surface. Only the diameter of the tapered portion (for example, the through taper portion 627b) is formed in an inverted truncated conical shape in which the diameter is gradually reduced. Therefore, the straight portion (for example, through straight portion 627a) of the hole has a high projection holding function, and the taper portion of the hole has a high projection insertion permitting function.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 28 to 30, an outline of the game board 13 after each step in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 is described. FIG. 28 shows the game board 13 after the game nail planting process (S203) and the rail and windmill planting process (S204) in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. It is a front view of. FIG. 29 is a front view of the game board 13 after the first conveying process (S206 to S211) is performed in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. FIG. FIG. 30 shows the game board 13 after the first screwing process (S212) and the second conveying process (S213 to S216) are performed in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. It is a front view of.

As shown in FIG. 28, after the game nail setting step (S203) and the rail and windmill setting step (S204) have been performed, the game board 13 has nails that had been punched and formed in the game board 13 in advance. A game nail and a windmill are implanted in the hole 63 (see FIG. 18), and the pilot hole for the rail (not shown) formed in the rail positioning hole creation step (S202 in FIG. 10) An inner rail 61 (out port 6) and an outer rail 62 are installed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 29, on the game board 13 after the first transporting process (S206 to S211) is performed, an attacker unit The attacker unit 5 is inserted into the router hole 656 by the mounting step (S206). Further, the main display unit 87 is placed on the lower left portion of the game board 13 by the main display unit placement step (S207). Further, the center frame 86 is inserted into the router hole 651 by the center frame placing step (S208).

In addition, on the right side (within the line) in the transport direction of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15), the return ball prevention member 68 is placed on the tip side of the inner rail 61 by the return ball prevention member placing step (S209). Become. Also, the right corner ornament 70 is placed on the right side of the game board 13 by the right corner ornament placing step (S210). Further, the upper left corner ornament 71 is placed on the upper left portion of the game board 13 by the upper left corner ornament placing step (S211).

After the first conveying step (S206 to S211) is performed, each projection of the parts 5, 68, 70, 71, 86, 87 described above with respect to the game board 13 is fitted into the corresponding positioning hole. None of the parts are fixed with screws.

Then, as shown in FIG. 30, first, the first screwing step (S212) is performed. In the first screwing step (S212), a screwing machine 420 (see FIG. 16) is used to screw the main display screw insertion hole 87g (see FIG. 4) in the upper left portion of the main display unit 87 and the upper side of the return ball prevention member 68. A total of four screws are screwed into each of the return screw insertion hole, the uppermost right screw insertion hole of the right corner decoration 70 and the upper left screw insertion hole of the upper left corner decoration 71 . The parts (main display unit 87, return ball preventing member 68, right corner decoration 70, and upper left corner decoration 71) with screws driven by the screw driving machine 420 are temporarily fixed to the game board 13 with one screw. After that, the second transport process (S213 to S216) is performed.

After the first screwing step (S212), the second conveying step (S213 to S216) is performed. On the game board 13 after the second conveying process is performed, on the left side (outside the line) of the manufacturing line 400 (see FIG. 15) in the conveying direction, the general winning hole unit placing process (S213) is applied to the router hole 654 Then, the general winning hole unit 3 is inserted. Also, the starting winning opening unit 4 is inserted into the router hole 655 by the starting winning opening unit placement step (S214). Further, the through gates 7 are fitted into the router holes 653 by the through gate placing step (S215).

Also, on the right side (within the line) in the transport direction of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15), the board side decorations 8 are fitted into the router holes 652 by the board side decoration placing step (S216). Incidentally, after the second conveying step (S213 to S216) is performed, the second screwing step (S217) is performed, and all the parts placed on the game board 13 and temporarily held or temporarily fixed are removed from the game. It is fixed to the board 13 with screws.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34, the appropriateness of each part mounted on the game board 13 and the positioning holes will be described. FIG. 31 shows each table for judging the pin suitability of each component mounted on the game board 13, and FIG. FIG. 31(b) is a table showing pin types based on the total score of pin appropriateness evaluation points.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the attribute of each component is subdivided into elements, and the subdivided elements are used as evaluation items for pin suitability to determine the content. Based on the relationship between the content of the evaluation item and each error caused by the positioning hole, points are distributed according to the degree of importance. 311 and 321 determine whether locating holes should be drilled.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, whether or not the taper pin 311 is appropriate is assigned to each item based on the degree of importance. to decide. On the other hand, when the total score is low, it is determined that the taper pin 311 is inappropriate, and when the total score is significantly low, the straight pin 301 is determined to be highly appropriate. Also, if the suitability of the tapered pin 311 is neither high nor the suitability of the straight pin 301 is high, it is determined that the suitability of the hybrid pin 321 is high.

Here, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the likelihood of occurrence of the "screw failure" error is determined by the balance between the "protrusion holding function" and the "protrusion insertion allowing function" in the positioning holes, but the "protrusion holding function" is Since the "projection insertion permitting function" functions after the projection is inserted into the positioning hole, the "projection insertion permitting function" is considered more important than the "projection holding function". Therefore, also in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is first evaluated whether or not it is suitable for the positioning holes by the taper pins 311 having a high "projection insertion permitting function".

In addition, parts that are susceptible to the "cell separation" error, that is, parts that have a "transparent base", are more suitable for positioning holes by the taper pin 311 than by the straight pin 301. Appropriateness is judged according to the total score by adding points when it is suitable for positioning holes.

As shown in FIG. 31(a), in the first embodiment, as the evaluation items (elements) of each part mounted on the game board 13, the evaluation item having a high degree of importance is "weight" indicating the weight of the entire part. "number of protrusions" indicating the number of protrusions for positioning the part, "plating presence" indicating whether or not the part (protrusion) is plated, and whether the back side of the part can be seen "Base Transparency" is listed to indicate whether or not.

As described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the "screw fastening failure" error and the "cell detachment" error cannot be corrected after they occur, so they are classified as errors of high importance. A "screw failure" error, which is one of the errors of high importance, occurs when the projection of the component is not fitted into the positioning hole or protrudes out. Therefore, a part having an evaluation item highly related to the "screwing failure" error has a positioning hole formed by a taper pin 311 with a high "protrusion insertion allowance function", and the protrusion of the part is inserted into the positioning hole. Errors must be prevented from occurring.

Also, the "cell detachment" error, which is one of the errors of high importance, is affected when the hole surface of the positioning hole is visible to the player. Therefore, for parts having evaluation items highly related to the "cell peeling" error, positioning holes are formed by taper pins 311 that make it difficult to form the peeled portion of the cell sheet 60a, thereby preventing the occurrence of the "cell peeling" error. must be prevented.

Therefore, among the component evaluation items, evaluation items with a high degree of importance that can cause errors are evaluated as being highly appropriate for positioning holes by the taper pin 311. "point", and if it does not cause an error with a high degree of importance, it is evaluated with "0 point", and it is determined whether or not the taper pin 311 is highly appropriate for the positioning hole. In addition, evaluation items that can be a preventive factor for errors with a high degree of importance are evaluated as the adequacy of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311, and if it is a preventive factor for an error with a high degree of importance, the importance is high. If it is not an error preventive factor, it is evaluated as "0 points", and it is determined whether or not the taper pin 311 is highly appropriate for the positioning hole.

First, regarding the "weight" of the whole part, when the "weight" of the whole part is "heavy", the force of the part pressing against the game board 13 is strong due to the load of the part itself. Therefore, even if an impact or the like occurs during the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are unlikely to pop out of the positioning holes.

On the other hand, when the "weight" of the whole part is "light", the force of pressing the part against the game board 13 due to the load of the part itself is weak. Therefore, when an impact or the like occurs during the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are likely to pop out of the positioning holes.

Therefore, the occurrence probability of the "screw fastening failure" error, which has a high degree of importance, differs depending on whether the "weight" of the part is "heavy" or "light." For this reason, the evaluation item "weight" is classified as an evaluation item with a high degree of importance because it is highly related to an error with a high degree of importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "weight" of the whole part, if the "weight" of the whole part is 100 grams or more, it is evaluated as "heavy", and the "weight" of the whole part is less than 100 grams. If so, it is evaluated as "light". As a result, "heavy" parts can be a preventive factor for errors of high importance, so "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points, while "light" parts cannot be a preventive factor for errors of high importance. Therefore, "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point (see FIG. 31(a)).

Next, regarding the "number of protrusions" of the part, when the "number of protrusions" of the part is "large", each protrusion is inserted into each positioning hole, and each protrusion is temporarily held by each positioning hole. , strong temporary holding force for the entire part. Therefore, even if an impact or the like occurs during the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are unlikely to pop out of the positioning holes.

On the other hand, when the "number of projections" of the component is "small", the number of positioning holes for temporarily holding the projections is also small, so the temporary holding force for the entire component is weak. Therefore, when an impact or the like occurs during the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are likely to pop out of the positioning holes.

Therefore, the occurrence probability of the "screw fastening failure" error, which has a high degree of importance, differs depending on whether the "number of protrusions" of the part is "large" or "small". For this reason, the evaluation item "number of projections" is classified as an evaluation item with high importance because it is highly related to errors with high importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "number of protrusions" of the part, if the number of protrusions of the part is "4" or more, the "number of protrusions" is evaluated as "large", and the number of protrusions of the part is less than "3". If so, the "number of protrusions" is evaluated as "small". As a result, "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points to parts with "large number of protrusions", while "0 points" are assigned as evaluation points to parts with "small number of protrusions" (Fig. 31). (a)).

Next, regarding the "presence or absence of plating" of the part, if the "presence or absence of plating" of the part is "presence", the protrusion of the part is plated, and the thickness of the protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. It is difficult to fit the projection into the positioning hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the projections are likely to be not fitted into the positioning holes.

On the other hand, if the "presence/absence of plating" of the part is "absence", the protrusion of the part is not plated and the thickness of the protrusion is not increased, so it is easy to fit the protrusion into the positioning hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the projections are less likely to be not fitted into the positioning holes.

Therefore, the occurrence probability of the "screw fastening failure" error, which has a high degree of importance, differs depending on whether the "plating treatment" of the part is "yes" or "no". For this reason, the evaluation item "plating" is classified as an evaluation item with high importance because it is highly related to errors with high importance.

In the first embodiment, if the protrusions of the component are plated, the “presence or absence of plating” is evaluated as “yes”, and if the protrusions of the component are not plated, the “presence or absence of plating” is evaluated as “yes”. None” is evaluated. As a result, "two points" are assigned as evaluation points to parts "with plating", while "0 points" are assigned as evaluation points to parts with "no plating" (Fig. 31(a)). )reference).

Next, regarding the "transparency of the base" of the part, when the "transparency of the base" of the part is "transparent" or "translucent", the back side of the base of the part is visible to the player, and the hole of the positioning hole is visible. When the cell sheet 60a on the surface is peeled off, the peeling is visible. Therefore, when the cell sheet 60a is peeled off, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is degraded.

On the other hand, when the "transparency of the base" of the component is "non-transparent", the back side of the base of the component cannot be visually recognized by the player, and even if the cell sheet 60a on the hole surface of the positioning hole is peeled off, it is not peeled off. can't see Therefore, even if the cell sheet 60a is peeled off, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 does not deteriorate.

Therefore, depending on whether the "transparency of the base" of the part is "transparent", "translucent", or "non-transparent", the degree of influence of the "cell peeling" error, which is of high importance, differs. For this reason, the evaluation item "transparency of the base" is classified as an evaluation item with a high degree of importance because it is highly related to errors with a high degree of importance.

In the first embodiment, if the base of the component is "transparent" and the cell sheet 60a on the rear surface of the base is clearly visible, the "transparency of the base" is evaluated as "transparent", and the base of the component is "translucent". If the cell sheet 60a on the back surface of the base is visible, the "transparency of the base" is evaluated as "translucent", and the base of the part is "non-transparent (black resin or plated resin)". If the cell sheet 60a on the rear surface of the base cannot be visually recognized, the "transparency of the base" is evaluated as "non-transparent". As a result, ``2 points'' is given to parts whose ``base transparency'' is ``transparent'', and ``1 point'' is given to parts whose ``base transparency'' is ``semi-transparent''. , while a part whose "base transparency" is "non-transparent" is given "0 point" as an evaluation point (see FIG. 31(a)).

Next, as evaluation items (elements) for each part mounted on the game board 13, evaluation items with low importance will be described. In the first embodiment, the less important evaluation items are "inside/outside the game area" indicating whether the place where the part is installed is outside or inside the game area, and whether or not the part affects the game result such as a big win. "Game influence" indicating the amount of passing and contacting the ball (hereinafter, the amount of passing and contacting the ball is abbreviated as "ball passing amount"), "ball passing amount" indicating the part "part unit price" indicating the unit price of the model, "common part" indicating whether or not one model and another model are commonly used, and the parts are mounted on the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. "Conveyance distance" indicating the distance (number of steps) from placement to fixing with screws (including temporary fixing) is listed.

As described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, even if the "positional deviation when fixing parts" error occurs, it can be corrected by screwing it again. Therefore, it is classified as a low severity error. The errors of low importance are not as serious as the errors of high importance, but the occurrence of errors of low importance must be prevented by the positioning holes formed by the taper pins 311 having a high "protrusion insertion allowance function". Therefore, an evaluation item that has a strong relationship with an error of low importance is evaluated as having an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311, and if it has a strong relationship with an error of low importance, "1 point" is given. If there is no strong relevance to the low error, it is evaluated as "0 points" and it is determined whether or not the taper pin 311 is appropriate for the positioning hole.

In addition, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, after inserting the protrusions of the parts into the positioning holes, the protrusions may pop out of the positioning holes due to impact during the transportation process, and a "screw failure" error may occur. In such a case, even if a "screw fastening failure" error occurs, there are evaluation items for parts that are less affected. A part having such an element has a positioning hole formed by a tapered pin 311 having a low "protrusion holding function", and the projection of the part is inserted into the positioning hole. does not have a large impact on Therefore, in evaluation items of parts, even if a "screw fastening failure" error occurs, evaluation items that have little effect are evaluated as having appropriate positioning holes by the taper pin 311, and even if a "screw fastening failure" error occurs, If the influence is small, it is evaluated as "1 point".

First, regarding "inside or outside the game area" indicating whether the place where the part is installed is outside or inside the game area, the part installed "inside" the game area comes into contact with the ball and affects the game result. For this reason, if an error of "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs, the degree of flow of the ball may differ from the designed value, resulting in a game result unintended by the developer.

On the other hand, parts placed "outside" the playing area do not come into contact with the ball. For this reason, even if an error of "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs, it does not affect the flow-down direction of the ball.

Therefore, depending on whether the installation position of the part is "inside" or "outside" of the game area, the degree of influence of the "misalignment when fixing the part" error, which has a low degree of importance, differs. For this reason, the evaluation items in which the installation position of the part is "inside or outside the game area" are highly related to errors with low importance, and thus are classified as evaluation items with low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "inside/outside the game area" which is the arrangement position of the part, if the arrangement position of the part is inside the game area, it is evaluated as "inside" in the "inside/outside the game area", and the parts are arranged. If the position is outside the game area, it is evaluated as "outside" of "inside/outside the game area". As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to parts "inside" the game area, while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to parts "outside" the game area (Fig. 31(a) )reference).

Next, with regard to the "game impact" of parts, parts having a "large" impact on the game have a significant effect on the game result. For this reason, if the error "position misalignment when fixing parts" occurs, the flow of the ball will differ from the design value, which will directly affect the game result, resulting in a game that the developer did not intend. It may produce results.

On the other hand, parts with a degree of influence on the game of "small" or "no" do not significantly affect the game result. For this reason, even if the error "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs and the flow of the ball differs from the design value, it does not directly affect the game result.

Therefore, depending on whether the "game influence degree" of the part is "large", "small" or "none", the influence of the "positional deviation at the time of fixing the part" error, which has a low degree of importance, differs. For this reason, the evaluation item of the "game effect" of the component is classified as an evaluation item of low importance because it is highly related to errors of low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "game influence degree" of the part, if the part affects the jackpot of the special symbol or the hit of the normal symbol, the "game influence degree" is evaluated as "large", and the special symbol is evaluated. If the part has little effect on the hit of the jackpot or normal pattern, the "game impact" is evaluated as "small", and if the part is placed outside the game area and does not affect the game result, it is " Game Influence” is evaluated as “None”. As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to a part with a "large" "game impact", while "0" is assigned as an evaluation point to a part with a "small" "game impact". (see FIG. 31(a)). Also, a part having a "game influence degree" of "none" is given "0 point" as an evaluation point equivalent to "small" (see FIG. 31(a)).

Next, regarding the "ball passing amount" of the part, in the case of a part with a "large" "ball passing amount" through which a ball frequently passes or contacts, contact with the ball affects the game result. For this reason, if an error of "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs, the degree of flow of the ball may differ from the designed value, resulting in a game result unintended by the developer.

On the other hand, in the case of a part with a "low" or "no" ball passing amount through which the ball does not pass or contact much, the game result is not significantly affected because the ball does not or hardly contacts the ball. For this reason, even if the error "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs and the flow of the ball differs from the design value, it does not directly affect the game result.

Therefore, depending on whether the "ball passing amount" is "large", "small", or "no", the influence of the "positional misalignment at the time of component fixation" error, which is less important, differs. For this reason, the evaluation item of the "ball passing amount" of the part is classified as an evaluation item with a low importance because it is highly related to an error with a low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "ball passing amount" of the part, if the ball frequently passes or contacts the part, the "ball passing amount" is evaluated as "large", and the ball frequently passes or contacts If the part does not, the "ball passing amount" is evaluated as "small", and if the part is arranged outside the game area and the ball does not pass through or contact it, the "ball passing amount" is evaluated as "none". As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to a part with a "large ball passing amount", while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to a part with a "low ball passing amount". In addition, a part with "absence" in "amount of passage through ball" is given "zero point" as an evaluation point equivalent to "small amount" (see FIG. 31(a)).

Next, regarding the "part unit price" of a part, the "part unit price" related to the manufacture of the part itself is not the cause of the "screwing failure" error, but the direct effect on the "screwing failure" error. do not give However, when a "screw fastening failure" error occurs and the part is damaged and replaced, the amount of loss for the replacement of the part differs depending on whether the "part unit price" is high or low. Therefore, it can be said that the high or low "part unit price" is an evaluation item that has an indirect effect, although it does not have a direct relationship with the "screw fastening failure" error.

Regarding the "part unit price" of parts, if the "part unit price" is "cheap", the unit price of the part itself is low even if the part itself must be replaced based on the occurrence of the "screw fastening failure" error. If so, the loss is small. Therefore, even if a "screw fastening failure" error occurs, the effect is small.

On the other hand, for parts with an "expensive" "part price", if the part itself has to be replaced based on the occurrence of a "screw failure" error, the unit price of the part itself is high, resulting in a large loss. . Therefore, if a "screw fastening failure" error occurs, the effect is large.

Therefore, depending on whether the "part unit price" is "cheap" or "expensive", the indirect effect of the "screw fastening failure" error differs. For this reason, the evaluation item of the "part unit price" of the part is indirectly affected by the "screw fastening failure" error, so it is classified as an evaluation item of low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "part unit price", if the unit price for manufacturing the part itself is low, the "part unit price" is evaluated as "cheap", and the unit price for manufacturing the part itself is low. If the part is expensive, the "part unit price" is evaluated as "expensive". As a result, "1 point" is allocated as an evaluation point to a part whose "part unit price" is "inexpensive", while "0 point" is allocated as an evaluation point to a part whose "part unit price" is "expensive" ( See FIG. 31(a)).

Next, regarding "common parts" that are commonly used between one model and another model, in the case of "non-common" parts that are unique to one model and are not "common parts", In the manufacturing process of the board 13, the worker of the manufacturing line is not accustomed to placing the board 13, and the skill level of the worker is low. For this reason, it can be said that it is a component that is likely to cause an operation error when it is placed. Therefore, it can be said that the "non-common" part is suitable for the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 having a high "protrusion insertion allowance function".

On the other hand, in the case of a "common" part that is used in common between one model and another model, the operator is accustomed to handling the part due to work differences, and the operator has a high level of skill. Therefore, it can be said that a "common" component is likely to have a projection inserted into any positioning hole.

However, depending on whether this "common part" is "common" or "non-common", the protrusion of the part may not be inserted into the positioning hole, causing a "screw fastening failure" error. Evaluations are divided by factors that are difficult to judge objectively, so if a significant difference is created due to the difference in the evaluation of this evaluation item, there is a possibility that a large adverse effect will occur. Therefore, the "common part" evaluation item is classified as an evaluation item with a high degree of relevance to an error with a high degree of importance, but with a low degree of importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "common parts", if a part is unique to one model, it is evaluated as "non-common". is evaluated as “common”. As a result, "one point" is assigned as an evaluation point to "uncommon" parts, while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to "common" parts (see FIG. 31(a)).

Next, regarding the "conveyance distance" of the part, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, if the "conveyance distance" from when the part is placed on the game board 13 until it is fixed with screws is "short", Since the game board 13 receives a small number of impacts during transport, there is a low possibility that the protrusions of the parts will pop out of the positioning holes, and the possibility that the placement position of the parts will shift. Therefore, even if a part with a "short conveying distance" uses a taper pin 311 with a low "protrusion holding function", it is unlikely to cause a "screw failure" error. I can say.

On the other hand, in the case of a component that has a “long” transport distance from when it is placed on the game board 13 to when it is fixed with screws, the number of impacts it receives during transport of the game board 13 is large, so the projection of the component may be large. It may fly out of the positioning hole. Therefore, if a part with a "long conveying distance" is a positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 with a low "protrusion holding function", it may cause a "screw fastening failure" error. I can say no.

However, depending on whether this "conveyance distance" is "short" or "long", the protrusion of the part may not be inserted into the positioning hole, which may cause a "screw fastening failure" error. The direct cause of popping out is the magnitude of the impact during transportation, not the number of times. However, since it is difficult to compare impacts during transportation, in the present embodiment, impacts during transportation are replaced with the length of the “transportation distance” for evaluation. Therefore, if a significant difference is provided due to the difference in the evaluation items of the "conveyance distance", there is a possibility that a large adverse effect will occur. Therefore, the evaluation item “transportation distance” is classified as an evaluation item having a high degree of relevance to an error having a high degree of importance, but having a low degree of importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "transportation distance", transportation of the game board 13 is stopped from when the part is placed on the game board 13 until it is screwed and fixed by the screwing machine 420 (see FIG. 16). If the number of times the game board 13 is stopped is less than 3 times, the "transport distance" is evaluated as "short", and if the number of times the transport of the game board 13 is stopped is 3 times or more, the "transport distance" is evaluated as long. As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to a part whose "conveyance distance" is "short", while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to a "long" part (see FIG. 31(a)). .

Based on the "evaluation items" listed in FIG. 31(a), each part mounted on the game board 13 is evaluated, and the pin type is determined based on FIG. 31(b). The optimum pin 301, 311, 321 is selected. Specifically, when the total score is "0 to 4", a positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301, and the total score is "5 to 8". In this case, a positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321, and a positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is formed when the total score is "9 points or more".

In this way, the elements (characteristics) of each part are evaluated, and based on the evaluation results, the optimum pins 301, 311, 321 are selected from the straight pin 301, tapered pin 311, or hybrid pin 321 to By drilling the positioning holes for the projections, it is possible to prevent errors from occurring in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 and improve the convenience of attaching parts to the game board 13 .

Here, with reference to FIG. 32, a description will be given of a component for which the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 is proper. FIG. 32 is a list of parts in which positioning holes are drilled and formed using straight pins 301 . In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the upper left corner ornament 71, the right corner ornament 70, and the main display unit 87 are selected as parts with appropriate positioning holes for the straight pins 301. FIG.

The upper left corner decoration 71 is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "0 points". ” evaluation item is “none”, so it is “0 points”; "0 points", "no" in the evaluation item of "game influence degree", so "0 points", "no" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", so "0 points", and "unit price of parts" In the evaluation item of "Cheap", it is "1 point", in the evaluation item of "Common parts", it is "Common", so it is "0 point", in the evaluation item of "Conveyance distance", it is "1 point" because it is "Short" ”. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the upper left corner ornament 71 is "2 points", it can be said that the upper left corner ornament 71 is suitable for the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 .

The right corner decoration 70 is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "0 points". ” evaluation item is “none”, so it is “0 points”; "0 points", "no" in the evaluation item of "game influence degree", so "0 points", "no" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", so "0 points", and "unit price of parts" In the evaluation item of "Cheap", it is "1 point", in the evaluation item of "Common parts", it is "Common", so it is "0 point", in the evaluation item of "Conveyance distance", it is "1 point" because it is "Short" ”. Therefore, since the total evaluation score of the right corner decoration 70 is "4 points", it can be said that the right corner decoration 70 is suitable for the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 .

The main display unit 87 is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "0 points". ” evaluation item is “none”, so it is “0 points”; "0 points", "no" in the evaluation item of "game influence degree", so "0 points", "no" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", so "0 points", and "unit price of parts" In the evaluation item of "Cheap", it is "1 point", in the evaluation item of "Common parts", it is "Common", so it is "0 point", in the evaluation item of "Conveyance distance", it is "1 point" because it is "Short" ”. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the main display unit 87 is "2 points", it can be said that the main display unit 87 is suitable for the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 .

Next, with reference to FIG. 33, a description will be given of a part in which the taper pin 311 has an appropriate positioning hole. FIG. 33 is a list of parts in which the taper pin 311 is used to form positioning holes. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the center frame 86, the general prize winning port unit 3, the starting prize winning port unit 4, and the attacker unit 5 are selected as parts with proper positioning holes by the taper pins 311. .

The center frame 86 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points", and in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions", it is "many (7)", so it is "2 points". In the evaluation item of “Yes”, it is “2 points”, in the evaluation item of “transparency of the base”, it is “non-transparent”, so it is “0 points”, in the evaluation item of “inside and outside the play area”, it is “inside”, so “ 1 point", "large" in the evaluation item of "game impact", so "1 point", and "large amount" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", so "1 point", and "part unit price" In the evaluation item of "common part", it is "expensive", so it is "0 points". ”. Therefore, since the total score of the center frame 86 is "10 points", it can be said that the center frame 86 is suitable for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 .

The general prize-winning unit 3 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points". In the evaluation item of "presence/absence", it is "none", so it is "0 points", in the evaluation item of "transparency of the base", it is "transparent", so it is "2 points", and in the evaluation item of "inside and outside the play area", it is "inside". "1 point", "small" in the evaluation item of "game impact", so "0 point", "low" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", "0 point", and "unit price of parts" In the evaluation item of "common part", it is "1 point" because it is "inexpensive"; It is a point. Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the general winning hole unit 3 is "9 points", it can be said that the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 of the general winning hole unit 3 is suitable.

The starting winning port unit 4 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points". In the evaluation item of “presence/absence”, it is “present”, so it is “2 points”. Therefore, it is “1 point” because it is “large” in the evaluation item of “game impact”, and it is “1 point” because it is “large” in the evaluation item of “ball passing amount”. In the evaluation item of "unit price", it is "expensive", so it is "0 points". In the evaluation item of "common parts", it is "uncommon", so it is "1 point". 1 point. Therefore, since the total evaluation score of the starting winning hole unit 4 is "9 points", it can be said that the starting winning hole unit 4 is suitable for the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 .

The attacker unit 5 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points". In the evaluation item of “Yes”, it is “2 points”, in the evaluation item of “transparency of the base”, it is “non-transparent”, so it is “0 points”, in the evaluation item of “inside and outside the play area”, it is “inside”, so “ 1 point", "large" in the evaluation item of "game impact", so "1 point", and "large amount" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", so "1 point", and "part unit price" In the evaluation item of "common part", it is "expensive", so it is "0 points". ”. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the attacker unit 5 is "10 points", it can be said that the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 of the attacker unit 5 is suitable.

In addition, the attacker unit 5 is configured to be placed first among the parts placed on the game board 13 by the attacker unit placement step (S206). Around the attacker unit 5, the general winning unit 3 is arranged adjacent to the left and right, and the starting winning unit 4 is arranged adjacently above. 3 and 4 are placed before the attacker unit 5, the attacker unit 5 must be placed in the space sandwiched between the parts 3 and 4, and when the attacker unit 5 is placed There is a risk of contact with the parts 3 and 4 described above. Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is placed after the left and right general winning hole units 3 are placed first, the attacker unit 5 is placed in the space sandwiched between the left and right general winning hole units 3. At some stage, there is a possibility that one of the general prize winning port units 3 and the attacker unit 5 will come into contact with each other and each component will be damaged.

Here, since the general prize winning unit 3 is arranged adjacent to the attacker unit 5, if the attacker unit 5 is not securely inserted into the attacker positioning holes 622 to 625, then the general game board 13 is placed. There is a risk that the prize winning unit 3 will not be properly placed on the game board 13 . Therefore, the attacker unit 5 is placed on the game board 13 before the adjacent parts 3 and 4, and the attacker positioning holes 622 to 625 are formed by taper pins 311 to ensure that the attacker projections (not shown) are formed. By inserting it into the attacker positioning holes 622 to 625, the parts 3 to 5 are prevented from being damaged, and the general winning mouth unit 3, the starting winning mouth unit 4 and the attacker unit 5 are securely attached. It can be placed on the game board 13 .

Next, with reference to FIG. 34, a description will be given of a part for which the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 is proper. FIG. 34 is a list of parts in which positioning holes are drilled using hybrid pins 321 . In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the board surface side decoration 8, the through gate 7, and the return ball prevention member 68 are selected as parts with appropriate positioning holes for the hybrid pin 321. FIG.

The board side decoration 8 is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "0 points". In the evaluation item of "Yes", it is "2 points", in the evaluation item of "transparency of the base", it is "non-transparency", so it is "0 points", and in the evaluation item of "inside and outside the play area", it is "inside" "1 point", "small" in the evaluation item of "game impact", so "0 point", "small" in the evaluation item of "ball passage amount", so "0 point", and "unit price of parts" In the evaluation item of "common part", it is "1 point" because it is "inexpensive"; It is a point. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the board side decoration 8 is "5 points", it can be said that the board side decoration 8 is suitable for the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 .

The through gate 7 is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "0 points". In the evaluation item of "None", it is "0 points", in the evaluation item of "Transparency of the base", it is "Transparent", so it is "2 points", In the evaluation item of "Inside and outside the game area", it is "1 point" In the evaluation item of "game impact", it is "large", so it is "1 point". In the evaluation item, "cheap" is "1 point"; in the evaluation item of "common part", "non-common" is "1 point"; in the evaluation item of "conveyance distance", "short" is "1 point". is. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the through gate 7 is "8 points", it can be said that the through gate 7 is suitable for the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 .

The return-ball prevention member 68 is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "0 points". In the evaluation item of "presence/absence", it is "none", so it is "0 points", in the evaluation item of "base transparency", it is "2 points" because it is "transparent", and in the evaluation item of "inside and outside the play area", it is "inside". "1 point", "small" in the evaluation item of "game influence", so "0 point", "large amount" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", "1 point", and "part unit price" In the evaluation item of "Cheap", it is "1 point", in the evaluation item of "Common parts", it is "Common", so it is "0 point", in the evaluation item of "Conveyance distance", it is "1 point" because it is "Short" ”. Therefore, since the total score of the return ball prevention member 68 is "6 points", it can be said that the return ball prevention member 68 is suitable for the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 .

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the tapered portion (eg , through taper portion 627b) facilitates the insertion of the component-side protrusion into the hole of the positioning hole (maintains the function of allowing insertion of the protrusion), while the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a 627a), it is possible to temporarily hold the projection of the part inserted into the positioning hole (maintain the projection holding function).

Conventionally, the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) formed by the straight pin 301 is formed slightly smaller in diameter than the diameter of the component-side projection (for example, the main display projection 87k). In the first conveying step (S206 to S211) or the second conveying step (S213 to S216) in the process (see S200 in FIG. 10), the worker places the part on the game board 13, and the protrusion on the part side is When trying to fit it into the positioning hole, the diameter of the projection may be larger than the diameter of the positioning hole, and the projection may be transported without being firmly fitted into the positioning hole. In particular, parts that have plated layers due to the plating process (for example, the side protrusions of the board side decoration 8) have a diameter of the entire protrusion that is larger by the thickness of the plated layer. is to be fitted into the positioning hole, the above-described problems tend to occur.

In addition, the diameter of the positioning hole (for example, the starting positioning hole 621) formed by the tapered pin 311 changes (larger or smaller) due to the individual differences (thickness and hardness) of the base plate 60. Manufacturing irregularities may occur in the size of the hole shape. In particular, when the size of the hole shape is large, it becomes easier to insert the protrusion on the component side into the positioning hole (improves the function of allowing insertion of the protrusion). The temporary holding force (protrusion holding function) is reduced, and there is a risk that the protrusions on the component side may jump out of the positioning holes during the process of transporting the game board 13 or the like.

On the other hand, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is less prone to manufacturing irregularities as described above, and thus can always have a certain degree of protrusion holding function. In addition, as described above, the tapered portion formed by the hybrid tapered portion 324b may have a diameter larger than the diameter of the projection on the component side, although it may cause manufacturing unevenness, so it always has a constant projection insertion permitting function. be able to. Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 eliminates the disadvantages of the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 and the disadvantages of the positioning hole formed by the tapered pin 311, respectively. It has a shape that combines "allowable function".

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627 has a hybrid straight portion 324a. A hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed at a corresponding position, and a hybrid tapered peeling portion 60e is formed at a position corresponding to the hybrid tapered portion 324b. is smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b. Therefore, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is not lowered as compared with the straight peeling portion 60b.

Furthermore, since the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d and the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e are smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b, when the component is fixed to the game board 13 by screws, when the component is placed on the game board 13, The base of the component is placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13 . By fixing the parts with screws in this state, the fixing positions of the parts can be set substantially according to the design values, and the occurrence of installation errors in the parts can be reduced.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the elements (characteristics) of each component are evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pin 301, 311, By selecting 321 and drilling the positioning holes for the projections of the parts, the occurrence of errors in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 can be prevented, and the parts can be attached to the game board 13 conveniently. can improve sexuality.

In particular, the elements of each part are identified as those that are likely to cause serious (uncorrectable) errors and those that are likely to cause longitude (correctable) errors. By making a judgment with , it is possible to easily judge a positioning hole with higher suitability.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the game board 13 transported on the manufacturing line 400, the transport direction of the game board 13 and the hole side of the positioning hole punched and formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a are at right angles. Positioning holes are formed by the hybrid pins 321 so as to be (see FIG. 24(a)). That is, of the positioning holes punched by the hybrid pin 321, the straight portion (for example, through straight portion 627a) punched by the hybrid straight portion 324a is perpendicular to the conveying direction of the game board 13 (for example, the game board 13 is configured to be parallel to the vertical direction of the game board 13 when viewed from the front when the left side of the game board 13 is transported first.

When transporting the game board 13 in the manufacturing line 400, in each manufacturing process such as the first transport process for placing parts, the game board 13 being transported is stopped, and after finishing the work in each manufacturing process, the game is played again. The transportation of the board 13 is started, and each time the game board 13 is stopped or the transportation of the game board 13 is started, inertial force is applied to the components placed on the game board 13 . The parts to which the inertial force is applied may cause the positioning projections to pop out of the positioning holes of the game board 13 due to the impact, and the position of the parts may be displaced from the placed position.

Therefore, of the positioning holes punched by the hybrid pin 321, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is perpendicular to the direction in which the game board 13 is conveyed (for example, the left side of the game board 13 is conveyed first in front view). When the through straight part 627a is parallel to the vertical direction of the game board 13 when viewed from the front, even if an inertial force is applied to the part, the projection of the part is formed by the straight part. It is possible to prevent the projection of the component from jumping out of the positioning hole by being caught by the hole edge (corner) of the positioning hole.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the first transporting process and the second transporting process, the transport unit is arranged such that the lower part 13l of the game board 13 in front view is on the left side of the production line 400 in the transport direction (outside the line). 403 and transported. That is, a worker on the left side of the conveying direction (outside the line) can look straight at the game board 13, and a worker on the right side of the conveying direction (inside the line) can look at the game board 13 from the opposite direction (upper side in front view). will see. In the manufacturing line 400, the number of parts placed on the left side in the transport direction is the same as that on the right side in the transport direction in the first transport process, but in the second transport process described later, the number of parts placed on the left side in the transport direction is three. The number of parts to be placed on the right side in the transport direction is one, and the number of parts to be placed on the side where the game board 13 can be viewed from the front is set larger than the number of parts to be placed on the right side in the transport direction. Therefore, a worker who works on the left side of the transport direction, that is, on the side where the game board 13 can be viewed from the front can easily place the parts while looking straight at the game board 13 . Convenience at the time of attachment can be improved.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the first screwing step (S212), the attacker unit 5 is not temporarily fixed by screwing screws. As described above, in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5, the left and right general winning unit 3 and the starting winning unit 4 are arranged. This is to make it easier to place these parts 3 and 4 on the game board 13 since they are placed on the game board 13 in S216). Specifically, for example, if the attacker unit 5 is temporarily fixed in the first screwing step, and a "positional deviation when fixing parts" error described later has occurred in the attacker unit 5, the game board 13 The fixed position of the attacker unit 5 deviates from the design value, and due to the deviation, part of the attacker unit 5 comes into contact with the adjacently arranged general winning opening unit 3 and the starting winning opening unit 4, and the part 3 , 4 may not be attached to the game board 13 . Therefore, in the first screwing step, the attacker unit 5 is not temporarily fixed with screws, and the parts 3 and 4 are placed in the second transport step later, and all the parts are normally placed on the game board 13. After that, by screwing all the parts to the game board 13 in the second screwing step (S217), the parts can be smoothly placed on the game board 13. It is possible to improve the convenience when installing the parts by using the

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71 and the main display unit 87 are common parts, so the placement position and placement order are different for each model. does not need to be changed. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, these common parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 are first screwed and temporarily fixed without changing the manufacturing order or manufacturing line for each model. Since it is possible to prevent the mounting positions of the parts from being deviated, it is possible to improve the convenience when the parts are attached to the game board 13 .

<Second embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, a plurality of projections (eg, starter projections 4i, 4j) of one component (eg, starter winning slot unit 4) are configured in the same shape. , the plurality of projections are also plated in the same manner, and the plurality of projections have the same configuration. Accordingly, positioning holes corresponding to those projections (for example, starting positioning holes 620 and 621) are also formed by the same pin (for example, tapered pin 311).

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, one side (right side in front view) of the starting winning hole unit 4 is plated, while the other side of the starting winning hole unit 4 is plated. Since the side (left side in front view) is not plated, the thicknesses of the starting projections 4i1 and 4j are different depending on the presence or absence of the plating layer 4e3. Further, in the starting base portion 4e, whether or not the back side of the starting base portion 4e can be visually recognized differs between the plated portion and the non-plated portion. Therefore, the positioning holes 620a, 621 corresponding to the protrusions 4i1, 4j are also formed by pins 311, 321 suitable for the characteristics of the protrusions 4i1, 4j. By constructing in this way, even if there are projections with different characteristics in one part, the positioning holes are formed by the appropriate pins according to the characteristics of the projections, and the game board 13 is manufactured. In the process, it is possible to make it difficult for each projection to jump out of the positioning hole, thereby improving the convenience of attaching parts to the game board 13 .

The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first embodiment, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

FIG. 35 explains the configuration of the starting winning hole unit 4 of the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment. FIG. 35(a) is a front view of the start-up winning opening unit 4 of the second embodiment, and FIG. 35(b) is a starting winning opening of the second embodiment seen from the direction of line Vb in FIG. 35(a). 35(c) is a top view of unit 4, FIG. 35(c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXVc-XXXVc of FIG. 35(a), FIG. 35(d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of FIG. 35(c), 35(e) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXVe-XXXVe of FIG. 35(a), and FIG. 35(f) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of FIG. 35(e).

The starting winning hole unit 4 in the second embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the right side of the starting winning hole unit 4 in front view is plated, and the left side of the starting winning hole unit 4 in front view is plated. The point is that it is not processed. Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

In the starting prize winning port unit 4 of the second embodiment, the entire starting base 4e is made of translucent ABS resin, and the left side of the starting base 4e in front view is plated (in the second embodiment, silver plated layer 4e3 (see FIG. 35(d)). Therefore, the back side (the cell sheet 60a) of the right portion of the starting base portion 4e in front view is configured to be invisible.

On the other hand, the left side of the starting base 4e in front view is not plated and has no plated layer (see FIG. 35(e)). Therefore, the back side (cell sheet 60a) of the starting base 4e on the left side in front view is configured to be visible.

Further, as shown in FIG. 35(b), the starting prize winning port unit 4 has a plurality of (two in the second embodiment) starting projections 4i1 on the back side of the starting base portion 4e (the side in contact with the base plate 60). , 4j are provided. The starting projections 4i1 and 4j are arranged such that the left starting projection 4i1 is near the lower part of the starting screw insertion hole 4g in a front view (for example, a distance of 5 mm below the starting screw insertion hole 4g), and the right starting projection 4j is inserted into the starting screw. It is provided in the vicinity of the upper part of the hole 4h when viewed from the front (for example, a distance of 5 mm above the starting screw insertion hole 4h).

The left starting protrusion 4i1 is formed with a length of 2.00 mm and a diameter of 2.4 mm from the starting base 4e to the back side. On the other hand, the starting protrusion 4j on the right side differs in the amount of protrusion from the starting protrusion 4i1 on the left side by the thickness of the plating layer 4e3, and is formed with a length of 2.05 mm and a diameter of 2.5 mm from the starting base 4e to the back side. ing.

The starting projections 4i1 and 4j are provided in a starting positioning hole 620a (not shown) formed in the game board 13 and a starting positioning hole 620a (not shown) formed in the game board 13 when the starting winning mouth unit 4 is screwed to the game board 13. It is for temporarily holding the starting prize winning port unit 4 before being screwed to the game board 13 by inserting it into each of the holes 621 . By inserting the starting projections 4i1 and 4j into the starting positioning holes 620a and 621, respectively, the starting winning opening unit 4 is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13 before being screwed.

As described above, the right side of the starting base 4e is plated and has the plating layer 4e3, so the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to form the thickness of the right side of the starting base 4e. . That is, the thickness of the right side of the starting base 4e is formed by adding the thickness of the plated layer 4e3 to the thickness of the ABS resin forming the starting base 4e. Therefore, the starting projection 4j provided on the right starting base 4e is also plated and has a plated layer 4e3. Therefore, the length of the starting protrusion 4j is 2 mm (the length of the ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (the length of the plating layer 4e3) by adding the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 to the length of the ABS resin. = 2.05 mm. The diameter of the starting projection 4j is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin)+0.05 mm×2 (3 minutes of plated layer 4e)=2.5 mm.

On the other hand, the left side of the starting base 4e is not plated and does not have the plated layer 4e3, so that it does not have the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 and constitutes the thickness of the left side of the starting base 4e. That is, the thickness of the left side of the starting base 4e is formed by the thickness of the ABS resin forming the starting base 4e. Therefore, the length of the starting protrusion 4i1 is only the thickness (length) of the ABS resin, and is 2 mm (the length of the ABS resin). The diameter of the starting projection 4i1 is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin). Therefore, the starting projection 4j is thicker by 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter than the starting projection 4i1 which is not plated.

Here, referring to FIG. 36, what shape are appropriate positioning holes 620a and 621 in the starting projection 4j and starting projection 4i1, respectively? Whether the pins 301, 311, and 321 are appropriate is evaluated separately for the left side and the right side of the starting prize winning port unit 4.例文帳に追加FIG. 36 is a table showing the pin suitability of the startup winning hole unit in the second embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 36, the right side of the starting winning opening unit 4 has the same configuration as the starting winning opening unit 4 of the first embodiment, so it is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so "2 points". In the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”, “few (1)” is “0 points”, and in the evaluation item of “presence or absence of plating”, it is “2 points” because it is “present”. The evaluation item is "not transparent", so it is "0 points"; the evaluation item "inside and outside the game area" is "inside", so it is "1 point"; In the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", it is "large", so it is "1 point". In the evaluation item, "non-common" is "1 point", and in the evaluation item "conveyance distance", "short" is "1 point". Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the right side of the starting winning opening unit 4 is "9 points", it can be said that the right side of the starting winning opening unit 4 is suitable for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 .

On the other hand, the left side of the start winning opening unit 4 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points". In the evaluation item of “presence or absence of plating”, it is “0 points” because it is “absent”, and in the evaluation item of “transparency of the base”, it is “1 point” because it is “semi-transparent”, and the evaluation item of “inside and outside the play area”. In the case, it is “1 point” because it is “inside”, “1 point” because it is “large” in the evaluation item of “game impact”, and “1 point” because it is “large” in the evaluation item of “ball passing amount”. In the evaluation item of "part unit price", it is "expensive" so it is "0 points", in the evaluation item of "common parts" it is "1 point" because it is "uncommon", It is "1 point" because it is "short". Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the left side of the starting winning hole unit 4 is "8 points", it can be said that the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 is suitable for the left side of the starting winning hole unit 4 .

Therefore, in the starting winning hole unit 4 of the second embodiment, when the starting positioning hole 621 corresponding to the starting projection 4j plated on the right side in the front view is formed, the tapered pin 311 is used to form the starting positioning hole 621. 621 is drilled and formed. On the other hand, when forming the starting positioning hole 620a corresponding to the starting protrusion 4i1 that is not plated on the left side in front view, the hybrid pin 321 is used to form the starting positioning hole 620a.

That is, the protrusion having the plated layer is inserted and temporarily held by the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 having a high "protrusion insertion allowance function" corresponding to the increased thickness of the plated layer. configured to On the other hand, for projections that do not have a plating layer, the projections that do not have a plating layer are inserted and temporarily held by a positioning hole formed by a hybrid pin 321 that has both a “projection holding function” and a “projection insertion permitting function”. configured to

By configuring in this way, even if there are starting protrusions 4i1 and starting protrusions 4j with different characteristics (with or without plating) in one starting winning hole unit 4, the starting protrusions 4i1 and starting protrusions 4j The starting positioning holes 620a and 621 are formed by the pins 311 and 321 that are appropriate according to the characteristics of (with or without plating), and in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the starting projections 4i1 and 4j are formed in the starting positioning holes respectively. It is difficult to jump out from 620a and 621, and the convenience in attaching parts to the game board 13 can be improved.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, even if there are projections with different characteristics in one part, the positioning holes are punched with pins that are appropriate according to the characteristics of the projections. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, each protrusion is made difficult to protrude from the positioning holes, and the convenience of attaching parts to the game board 13 can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment has the same configuration as the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, thereby achieving the same effects as the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment.

<Third Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, a plurality of projections (eg, center projection (not shown)) of one component (eg, center frame 86) are configured in the same shape. For example, when the entire part is plated, the plurality of projections are also plated in the same manner, and the plurality of projections have the same configuration. Therefore, even if the part characteristics (for example, ball passage amount) are different for each part, only the entire part is evaluated, and based on the evaluation, the positioning hole corresponding to the protrusion (for example, the center positioning hole 613 619) are also bored and formed by the same pin (eg, tapered pin 311).

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, characteristics are determined for each part of the second center frame 88 having a shape different from that of the center frame 86 of the first embodiment. Specifically, one side (left side in front view) of the second center frame 88 is determined to be a portion having a "large ball passing amount", while the other side (right side in front view) of the second center frame 88 is determined It is determined that the "ball passing amount" is "small". A suitable pin is selected according to the judgment result, and positioning holes (not shown) corresponding to projections (not shown) corresponding to those portions are formed by the pin. . By configuring in this way, even if there is a part with different characteristics in one part, the positioning hole is formed by a pin that is suitable for the protrusion provided in the part according to the characteristics of the part. are formed to make it difficult for each protrusion to protrude from the positioning hole in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and the productivity in attaching parts to the game board 13 can be improved.

Note that the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment will be described with a focus on the points that differ from the pachinko machine 10 in the first and second embodiments. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first and second embodiments, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

FIG. 37 is a front view of the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment. The second center frame 88 of the third embodiment is arranged so as to surround the outer circumference of the special symbol display device 81, like the center frame 86 of the first embodiment. The second center frame 88 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof is plated (silver-plated in the third embodiment). Since the second center frame 88 is plated as described above, the rear side (the cell sheet 60a) of the second center frame 88 is invisible when viewed from the front.

Further, the second center frame 88 is provided with a three-dimensional second outer shape portion 88b having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of a sphere forward from the second center base portion 88a. In the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the second center frame 88 is disposed substantially in the center of the game area, and the top of the second center frame 88 (top in front view; near center screw insertion hole 88c (for example, center A distance of 10 millimeters from the screw insertion hole 88c).) is provided.

A game area where the ball flows down from the top is defined. For example, a ball that touches the left side of the second center frame 88 flows down the left side of the second center frame 88, while the ball flows down the second center frame from the top. A ball that touches the right side of the frame 88 is configured to flow down the right side of the second center frame 88 . In addition, in the case of the third embodiment, the top of the second center frame 88 is provided at a position slightly shifted to the right from the center of the second center frame 88 .

That is, when the ball launched into the game area by the ball shooting unit 112a hits the left side of the top of the second center frame 88, it flows down the left side of the second center frame 88 (so-called , left-handed). Also, when reaching the right side of the second center frame 88 beyond the top of the second center frame 88, it flows down the game area on the right side of the second center frame 88 (so-called right-handed hitting).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the player shoots a ball from the ball shooting unit 112a so that the ball flows down the left side of the top of the second center frame 88 in a normal game state. In a game state such as a big win (for example, a big win state, a probability variation state, or a time reduction state), the ball is shot by the ball shooting unit 112a so that the ball flows down the right side of the top of the second center frame 88.

This is because, in the normal game state of the pachinko machine 10, the ball that has flowed down the left side of the second center frame 88 is likely to enter the first starting prize opening (not shown), and the ball that has flowed down the right side of the second center frame 88 is easy to enter. This is because it is configured such that it is difficult for the to enter the first start prize winning port and the second start prize winning port (not shown). Also, in the jackpot state of the pachinko machine 10, the balls that flow down the right side of the second center frame 88 easily enter the big winning hole 5a or the second starting winning hole, and the balls that flow down the left side of the second center frame 88 win big prizes. This is because it is configured such that it is difficult to enter the opening 5a or the second starting winning opening.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the amount of balls passing through the left side of the second center frame 88 is large because the normal game state is generally longer than the special game state such as the jackpot. It can be said that the amount of balls passing through the right side of the second center frame 88 is small.

The second center frame 88 is provided with center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j at eight locations around the second center base portion 88a when viewed from the front (see FIG. 37). Screws can be screwed into the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j, respectively. The second center frame 88 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing each screw.

In addition, the second center frame 88 is provided with a plurality of (eight in the third embodiment) center projections (not shown) on the back side of the second center base portion 88a (the side in contact with the base plate 60). there is The center projections are provided in the vicinity of the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j), respectively, and project slightly from the rear side of the second center base portion 88a (third In the embodiment, it is formed with a length of 2.05 mm and a diameter of 2.5 mm.

When the second center frame 88 is screwed to the game board 13, the center projections are inserted into center positioning holes (not shown) formed in the game board 13 and screwed. It is for temporarily holding the front second center frame 88 on the game board 13 . By inserting the center projections into the center positioning holes, the second center frame 88 is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13 before being screwed.

As described above, the entire second center base portion 88a is plated and has a plated layer (not shown). Configure. That is, the total thickness of the second center base portion 88a is formed by adding the thickness of the plated layer to the thickness of the ABS resin forming the second center base portion 88a. Therefore, the center protrusion (not shown) provided on the second center base portion 88a is also plated to have a plated layer. Therefore, the length of the center protrusion is 2 mm (length of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (plating layer) by adding the thickness of the plated layer to the thickness (length) of the ABS resin. = 2.05 mm. The diameter of the center projection is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin)+0.05 mm×2 (for plating layer)=2.5 mm.

Here, with reference to FIG. 38, in the second center frame 88, proper positioning is performed for the left portion where the “ball passing amount” is “large” and the right portion where the “ball passing amount” is “small”. The left and right sides of the second center frame 88 are individually evaluated to see what the shape of the hole is and whether any of the pins 301, 311, 321 are suitable for drilling and forming the positioning holes. . FIG. 38 is a table showing pin suitability of the second center frame 88 in the third embodiment. In the second center frame 88, the left portion is the portion provided with five screw insertion holes, the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88g having a “large ball passage amount”, and the right portion is: The object is the part where the three screw insertion holes of the center screw insertion holes 88h to 88j with the "low ball passage amount" are provided.

As shown in FIG. 38, the left side portion of the second center frame 88 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points", and in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions", it is "many (5)". "2 points" for the evaluation item of "presence or absence of plating", "2 points" because it is "yes" in the evaluation item of "plating presence", and "0 points" because it is "non-transparent" in the evaluation item of "transparency of the base". In the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area", it is "inside", so it is "1 point". , the evaluation item of "parts unit price" is "expensive" and therefore "0 points", and the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common" and thus "1 point", In the evaluation item of "distance", it is "0 points" because it is "long". Therefore, since the total evaluation score of the left portion of the second center frame 88 is "10 points", it can be said that the left portion of the second center frame 88 is suitable for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311. .

On the other hand, the right part of the second center frame 88 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points". In the evaluation item of “presence or absence of plating”, it is “yes”, so it is “2 points”. The evaluation item is "inside", so it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "game impact" is "large", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passing amount" is "low", so it is "0 point" In the evaluation item of "part unit price", it is "expensive", so it is "0 points". In the evaluation item of "common parts", it is "uncommon", so it is "1 point". Then, it is "0 points" because it is "long". Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the right portion of the second center frame 88 is "7 points", the right portion of the second center frame 88 is considered to be suitable for the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321. I can say.

Therefore, in the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment, when drilling and forming center positioning holes (not shown) corresponding to the five center protrusions on the left side, which are portions with a "large ball passage amount", , the taper pin 311 is used to form the center positioning hole, and the hybrid pin 321 is used to form the center positioning hole corresponding to the three center projections on the right side where the "ball passing amount" is "small". The center positioning hole is drilled and formed.

That is, for the protrusions in the portion where the "ball passing amount" is "large", the "ball passing It is constructed so as to insert and temporarily hold the projection of the portion where the amount is “large”. On the other hand, for the protrusions in the part where the "ball passing amount" is "small", considering the small "ball passing amount", a hybrid pin that has both a "protrusion holding function" and a "protrusion insertion allowance function" The positioning hole 321 is configured to insert and temporarily hold the projection of the portion where the "ball passing amount" is "small".

With this configuration, even if there are portions with different characteristics (“ball passing amount”) in one second center frame 88, the pins 311 and 321 that are appropriate according to the characteristics are centered. A positioning hole is formed to make it difficult for each center projection to protrude from the center positioning hole in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, thereby improving productivity when parts are attached to the game board 13.例文帳に追加

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, even if there is a part with different characteristics in one part, the projection provided in the part can be adjusted according to the characteristics of the part. In contrast, a positioning hole is formed by an appropriate pin to make it difficult for each projection to jump out of the positioning hole in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, thereby improving productivity when parts are attached to the game board 13. be able to.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment has the same configuration as the pachinko machine 10 according to either the first embodiment or the second embodiment, thereby achieving the same effects as the pachinko machine 10 according to the corresponding embodiment. Play.

<Fourth Embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 39, a fourth embodiment will be described. It should be noted that the fourth embodiment will be described with a focus on the differences from the first embodiment. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first embodiment, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

In the first embodiment, when the positioning holes 601 to 629 are formed, the straight pin 301, tapered pin 311, and hybrid pin 321 are used to punch the positioning holes 601 to 629 selected for each part on the game board 13. forming. When the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid taper stripped portion 60e and the hybrid straight stripped portion 60d which are smaller than when the positioning hole is drilled by the straight pin 301 are formed. The hybrid taper peeling portion 60e and the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d are smaller in size than the straight peeling portion 60b formed by the straight pin 301, but larger in size than the tapered peeling portion 60c formed by the taper pin 311. be done. The hybrid taper peeling portion 60e and the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d may reduce the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 or cause an installation error of parts due to the thickness of the peeled portion, although not as much as the straight peeling portion 60b. be.

In contrast, in the fourth embodiment, a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is formed in a modified hybrid straight portion 334a of a modified hybrid pin 331, and a positioning hole is formed by the modified hybrid pin 331, whereby a cell sheet is formed. It is possible to suppress the peeling of 60a, prevent deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10, and make it difficult to cause component installation errors due to the thickness of the peeled portion.

The fourth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the first to third embodiments. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first to third embodiments, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing the configuration of a modified hybrid pin 331 for forming positioning holes in the game board base in the fourth embodiment, FIG. 39(a) is a front view of the modified hybrid pin 331, 39(b) is a side view of the modified hybrid pin 331, and FIG. 39(c) is a bottom view of the modified hybrid pin 331. FIG. The configuration of the modified hybrid pin 331 in the fourth embodiment is different from the hybrid pin 321 in the first to third embodiments in that the modified hybrid straight portion 334a has a modified hybrid second taper on the modified hybrid flange portion 333 side. The difference is that the portion 334c is provided.

Similar to the straight pin 301, tapered pin 311 and hybrid pin 321, this modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and used to attach the game board 13 to each position. Locating holes (not shown) are drilled and formed.

The modified hybrid pin 331 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) with a vertical dimension of 17 mm, like the straight pin 301, the tapered pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321. As shown in FIGS. It is composed of a mounting portion 332, a modified hybrid collar portion 333, a modified hybrid trunk portion 334, and a modified hybrid tip portion 335, and has a structure in which the respective portions 332 to 335 are formed continuously. Carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a that constitute the game board 13, as described above. Therefore, by attaching the modified hybrid pin 331 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole punching machine 410 and pressing the game board 13, the base plate 60 and the cell The seat 60a is plastically deformed, and a positioning hole for the modified hybrid pin 331 is formed.

The modified hybrid mounting portion 332 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A modified hybrid flange portion 333 is continuously formed below the modified hybrid mounting portion 332 in a front view. The modified hybrid brim portion 333 is formed in a cylindrical shape with a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm. By fitting the modified hybrid mounting portion 332 and the modified hybrid flange portion 333 into mounting holes (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, the modified hybrid pin 331 is fixed to the press plate 411 . When the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411, the bottom surface of the modified hybrid flange 333 and the bottom surface of the press plate 411 are flush with each other.

A modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is continuously formed below the modified hybrid collar portion 333 in front view, and a modified hybrid tip portion 335 is continuously formed below the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 in front view. It is The modified hybrid trunk portion 334 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and is composed of a modified hybrid straight portion 334a, a modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b, and a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c, each having a different axial diameter. It is

The modified hybrid straight portion 334a has a shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm at a distance of 0.0 mm from the modified hybrid distal end portion 335 (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid distal end portion 335 and the modified hybrid trunk portion 334). It is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) that gradually increases in diameter in a tapered manner so that the shaft diameter is φ2.8 mm at a portion of 0.8 mm in the direction of the modified hybrid flange portion 333 . In addition, in the modified hybrid straight portion 334a, the shaft diameter (minor diameter) of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a is from 0.8 mm to 3.8 mm from the modified hybrid tip portion 335. The distance (width) passing through the axis (hereinafter the same) is all 2.8 mm. Therefore, the modified hybrid straight portion 334a is configured to look like the outer shape of the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 or the hybrid body portion 324 of the hybrid pin 321 when viewed from the side. A modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is formed in the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 above the modified hybrid straight portion 334a in a front view (on the modified hybrid collar portion 333 side).

The modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c has a distance of 3.8 mm to 6.5 mm from the modified hybrid distal end portion 335 in the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 and the modified hybrid collar portion 333). ). The modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c has a shaft diameter of 2.80 mm at a distance of 3.8 mm from the modified hybrid distal end portion 335 . From there, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c gradually increases (the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c increases every time the distance increases by 0.2 mm from the portion where the distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 is 3.8 mm. increases by 0.05 mm), and the diameter of the shaft gradually increases to 3.50 mm at a distance of 6.5 mm from the modified hybrid tip 335. there is

The modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b is located at a distance of 0.0 mm from the distal end side of the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid distal end portion 335 and the modified hybrid trunk portion 334). The shaft diameter (major axis. Refers to the distance (width) passing through the axis from one modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b to the other modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b. The same shall apply hereinafter.) is 2.70 mm. is. From there, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b gradually increases (every time the distance from the boundary side with the modified hybrid tip portion 335 increases by 0.2 mm, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b increases by 0.02 mm. 0.03 mm increase), and at a portion where the distance from the tip side of the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 and the modified hybrid collar portion 333), the modified hybrid first The shaft diameter of the tapered portion 334b is 3.50 mm. Therefore, the modified hybrid first taper portion 334b is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the taper body portion 314 of the taper pin 311 when viewed from the side.

Therefore, the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 has a modified hybrid straight portion 334a whose outer shape is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction, and a tapered outer shape whose diameter gradually decreases in the insertion direction. modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b and modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c formed on the upper side of modified hybrid straight portion 334a in a front view in a tapered shape in which the diameter gradually decreases in the insertion direction. (see FIG. 39(c)).

Note that the modified hybrid straight portion 334a has a shape in which the distance from the modified hybrid flange portion 333 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm), What is the shape in which the distance from the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b from the modified hybrid collar portion 333 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm)? , have the same substantially cylindrical shape (truncated cone shape). This is because the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 when the positioning hole is formed by the modified hybrid pin 331. FIG.

The modified hybrid distal end portion 335 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and has an inverted conical shape that gradually tapers downward from the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm at the connecting portion of the modified hybrid body portion 334 in a front view. and its tip (lowermost portion in front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the fourth embodiment, in the part positioning hole forming process (see S201 in FIG. 10), the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the press plate 411 and the game are played. By pressing the board 13 with an upper press unit 412 and a lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), each positioning hole by the modified hybrid pin 331 is bored in the game board 13 .

The modified hybrid body portion 334 of the modified hybrid pin 331 has a larger volume than the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 and the hybrid pin 321 , but has a smaller volume than the tapered body portion 314 of the tapered pin 311 . Therefore, the modified hybrid pin 331 is easier to drill a positioning hole in the game board 13 than the tapered pin 311 .

Here, the shape of the positioning hole formed by the modified hybrid pin 331 will be described. As described above, the modified hybrid pin 331 includes a modified hybrid straight portion 334a (see FIG. 39) formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction in the modified hybrid trunk portion 334, and a modified hybrid straight portion 334a (see FIG. A modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b (see FIG. 39) formed in a tapered shape in which the diameter gradually decreases in the direction of insertion, and a tapered outer shape in which the diameter gradually decreases in the direction of insertion. and a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c. For this reason, the inner peripheral wall of the positioning hole (not shown) formed by the modified hybrid body 334 also has a substantially box shape and a substantially inverted truncated cone cylindrical shape along the outer shape of the modified hybrid body 334. The combined hole shape is drilled and formed.

Specifically, of the positioning holes drilled by the modified hybrid trunk portion 334, a modified straight portion (not shown) corresponding to the modified hybrid straight portion 334a is drilled substantially parallel to the depth direction. A modified first tapered portion (not shown) corresponding to the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b is formed so as to taper and gradually decrease in diameter in the depth direction. A modified second tapered portion (not shown) corresponding to the portion 334c is formed on the upper side of the hole of the modified straight portion, and is drilled so as to gradually taper in the depth direction.

As described above, the base plate 60 is elastically deformable. Therefore, when the modified hybrid pin 331 is used to form positioning holes in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the modified hybrid body 334 is positioned between the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. A load based on elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 while the sheet 60a is being pierced. However, since the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is configured to gradually decrease in diameter in the insertion direction, contact with the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c can be suppressed even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. . Further, even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also be prevented from contacting the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c or the modified hybrid straight portion 334a. Therefore, when the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled off from the base plate 60, and the peeled portion (not shown) is slightly removed. remains to form

Further, when the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b of the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is configured so that its diameter is gradually reduced in the insertion direction. It is Therefore, even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, contact with the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b can be suppressed. Moreover, even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also be prevented from coming into contact with the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b. Therefore, when the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled off from the base plate 60, and the peeled portion (not shown) is slightly removed. remains to form

As a result, by forming a positioning hole in the game board 13 with the modified hybrid pin 331, the separation of the cell sheet 60a is smaller than the hybrid straight separation portion 60d formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid pin 321. is enough. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the peeled portion of the hole surface while maintaining the projection holding function and the projection insertion permitting function equivalent to those of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 from deteriorating, and it is possible to prevent the installation error of the parts due to the "cell peeling" error and prevent the "positional deviation when fixing the parts" error. can do.

As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, by forming positioning holes in the game board 13 using the modified hybrid pin 331, the separation of the cell sheet 60a is suppressed, and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is reduced. In this way, it is possible to prevent the parts from being detached from each other in advance, and to make it difficult to cause an installation error of the parts due to the thickness of the peeled part.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment has the same configuration as the pachinko machine 10 according to any one of the first to third embodiments, thereby achieving the same effects as the pachinko machine 10 according to the corresponding embodiment.

Note that the first to fourth embodiments may be combined with each other. For example, a configuration having the configuration described in the first embodiment and the configuration described in the fourth embodiment may be used, or a configuration having the configuration described in the third embodiment and the configuration described in the fourth embodiment may be used. good.

Although the present invention has been described based on the above embodiments, the present invention is by no means limited to the above embodiments, and it will be easily understood that various modifications and improvements are possible without departing from the scope of the present invention. It can be inferred. For example, each embodiment may add part or more of the configuration of another embodiment to that embodiment or replace it with a part or more of the configuration of that embodiment. The embodiment may be modified and configured. Also, the numerical values given in each of the above embodiments are examples, and it is naturally possible to employ other numerical values.

<Modification 1>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of elements (characteristics) of each part attached to the game board 13 are evaluated, and based on the total score, the optimum pin 301, 311, 321 (331) was selected. On the other hand, only one element (characteristic) for each part is evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pin 301, 311, 321 (331) corresponding to the projection for the positioning hole provided in each part is selected. may be selected. By judging the suitability of the pin based only on the judgment result of the evaluation item 1, it is possible to drill and form a positioning hole that more directly deals with the cause of the error, and to more reliably eliminate the error to be eliminated. .

For example, it may be configured to determine whether or not the "weight" of the whole parts is heavy, and to select the pins 301, 311, 321 for drilling the positioning holes based only on the determination result. In this case, in the "weight" evaluation item, instead of judging whether the entire part is "heavy" or "light" based on the binary contents, for example, the pin suitability may be judged based on the three-valued judgment. may be configured. Specifically, for example, 200 grams or more is determined as "heavy", 100 grams or more and less than 200 grams is determined as "normal", and less than 100 grams is determined as "light". For parts judged to be "heavy", positioning holes are drilled with taper pins 311, considering that the projections are unlikely to protrude from the positioning holes due to the weight of the parts themselves. Positioning holes are drilled and formed by the hybrid pin 321, assuming that the possibility of projections popping out of the positioning holes due to the weight of 1 is low. Assuming that the possibility is high, a positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301 .

Alternatively, for example, it may be configured to determine whether the "number of projections" of a part is "large" or "small" and to select pins 301, 311, 321 for positioning holes based only on the determination result. good. In this case, in the evaluation item of "the number of protrusions", instead of judging by the binary content of whether the "number of protrusions" of the part is "large" or "small", for example, the pin suitability is determined by the judgment of three values. It may be configured to determine Specifically, for example, when the number of protrusions is 6 or more, it is determined as "large", when the number of protrusions is 4 or more and less than 6, it is determined as "normal", and when the number is less than 3, it is determined as "small". For the parts determined to be "many", positioning holes are drilled and formed by tapered pins 311 because the protrusions are temporarily held in the respective positioning holes due to the large number of protrusions, and it is considered that the protrusions are unlikely to protrude from the positioning holes. do. Parts determined as "normal" have a certain number of projections, and the projections are temporarily held in each positioning hole. Positioning holes are drilled and formed by 321 . Further, for parts determined to be "few", there is a possibility that the projections cannot be temporarily held in each positioning hole due to the small number of projections, and it is considered that there is a high possibility that the projections will protrude from the positioning holes, and the straight pin 301 A positioning hole is formed by drilling.

Further, for example, it is possible to discriminate "presence/absence of plating" indicating whether or not the parts are plated, and to select pins 301, 311, 321 for positioning holes based only on the discrimination result. may be configured. Specifically, if the plating process is performed, it is determined to be "present", and if the plating process is not performed, it is determined to be "absent". Parts determined to be "present" have projections that are thicker by the amount of the plating layer. Therefore, positioning holes are formed by taper pins 311 or hybrid pins 321 in order to facilitate the insertion of the projections into the positioning holes. do. In addition, since the thickness of the protrusion is not increased by plating, the part determined to be "absent" is formed with a positioning hole by a straight pin 301. FIG.

Further, for example, it is configured to determine whether the "transparency of the base" of the part is "transparent" or "non-transparent", and to select the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning holes based only on the determination result. may In this case, in the evaluation item of "transparency of the base", instead of judging by the binary content of whether the "transparency of the base" is "transparent" or "non-transparent", for example, the pin suitability is determined by three values may be configured to determine Specifically, for example, if the base of the component is transparent, it is determined to be “transparent”; if the base of the component is translucent, it is determined to be “translucent”; transparent”. For parts determined to be "transparent", the back side of the base is clearly visible, and the peeled portion of the positioning hole is clearly visible. In the case of a component determined to be "semi-transparent", the back side of the base can be seen to some extent, and the peeled portion of the positioning hole can be seen. Further, for parts determined to be "non-transparent", since the back side of the base portion cannot be seen, the peeled portion of the positioning hole cannot be seen.

Further, for example, it is determined whether the arrangement position of the part is "inside" or "outside" of the "game area", and the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning holes are selected based only on the determination result. may be configured. In this case, in the evaluation item of the "game area", the parts determined to be "inside" the "game area" will come into contact with the game ball hit into the game area. The impact on the flow direction of the ball is great, and the game result fluctuates greatly. Therefore, the parts arranged "inside" the "play area" are first given priority to be inserted into the positioning holes, and taper pins 311 or hybrid pins forming positioning holes in which projections of the parts are easily inserted into the positioning holes 321 is used to form the locating holes. On the other hand, parts determined to be "outside" the "game area" have no effect on the game results because they do not come into contact with the game ball even if they are not fixed. Therefore, the parts arranged "outside" of the "play area" form positioning holes using straight pins 301 that form positioning holes that facilitate holding the projections of the parts.

Also, for example, it is possible to determine whether the "ball passing amount" to the part is "large" or "small (absent)", and to select the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning holes based only on the determination result. can be configured to In this case, in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", the part judged to have "large" "ball passing amount" comes into contact with the game ball that has been hit a lot, and if it is not firmly fixed, the game ball The effect on the flow direction is large, and the game result fluctuates greatly. Therefore, for parts with a "large amount of ball passage", priority is first given to inserting them into the positioning holes, and taper pins 311 or hybrid pins 321 are used to form positioning holes in which projections of the parts can be easily inserted into the positioning holes. Form positioning holes. On the other hand, parts that are determined to have a "small (no)" ball passing amount have little (no) contact with a game ball that has been hit, and even if they are not fixed, they are given in the downflow direction of the game ball. Since it has little influence, it has little (no) influence on the game result. Therefore, for parts with a "small amount of ball passage", positioning holes are formed using straight pins 301 that form positioning holes that facilitate holding the protrusions of the parts.

Further, for example, it is determined whether the degree of influence of the part on the game result is large or small, that is, whether the "game influence degree" is "large" or "small", and based only on the judgment result, the positioning hole is determined. Pins 301, 311 and 321 may be configured to select. Specifically, if the part is a factor that causes a big hit with a special symbol, etc., the "game impact degree" is determined to be "large", and if the part does not give a game value to the player, it is determined to be "small". . If the projection is not firmly inserted into the positioning hole of the part determined to be "large", there is a risk that a game result different from the design value will be derived, and the game result will greatly fluctuate. Therefore, the part whose "game influence degree" is "large" is first given priority to be inserted into the positioning hole, and the tapered pin 311 or the hybrid pin which drills and forms the positioning hole in which the projection of the part is easily inserted into the positioning hole. A positioning hole is formed in the game board 13 using 321 . On the other hand, parts determined to be "small" have little (no) effect on the game result even if the projection is not inserted into the positioning hole. Therefore, parts with a "game influence degree" of "low" are positioned using a straight pin 301 that punches and forms a positioning hole that easily holds the projection when the projection of the positioning hole is inserted. Form.

Furthermore, for example, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, it is determined whether the length of the "conveyance distance" from when the game parts are placed on the game board 13 to when they are fixed with screws is "long" or "short." , the pin 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole may be selected based only on the determination result. Specifically, parts that have a "long transport distance" from when they are placed on the game board 13 to when they are fixed with screws are likely to be affected by impacts that occur during transport, and the initial placement It may slip out of position. Therefore, for parts with a "long transport distance", positioning holes are formed using straight pins 301 or hybrid pins 321 so that the projections are firmly held by the positioning holes. On the other hand, parts with a "short transport distance" are less likely to be affected by impacts or the like that occur during transport, and are less likely to be displaced from the initial placement position. Therefore, for a part having a "short conveying distance", the tapered pin 311 is used to form a positioning hole with priority on inserting the projection into the positioning hole rather than holding the projection by the positioning hole.

Alternatively, for example, it may be arranged to determine whether the "part unit price" of a part is "expensive" or "inexpensive", and to select the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning holes based only on the determination result. good. Specifically, if a part with a "pricey" "part unit price" is damaged and must be replaced, the unit price of the part itself is high, resulting in a large loss. Therefore, for parts with an "expensive" "part unit price", straight pins 301 or hybrid pins 321 are used to hold the projections in the positioning holes and prevent errors such as "failed screwing" from occurring. to form a perforation. On the other hand, if a part with a "cheap" "unit price" is damaged and needs to be replaced, the unit price of the part itself is low, so the loss is not large. Accordingly, in order to ensure that the protrusion is inserted into the positioning hole, a positioning hole is formed using a taper pin 311 for a part with a "low cost" "part unit price".

Further, for example, it is discriminated whether it is a "common" part or a "non-common" part that is used in common between one model and another model, and based only on the discrimination result, pins 301 and 311 for positioning holes are selected. , 321 may be selected. Specifically, if the parts are "common", the workers in the production line are accustomed to handling the parts, so the workers have a high degree of skill and are less likely to make placement errors. Therefore, for parts that are used "commonly" among a plurality of models, the straight pin 301 is used to form a positioning hole. On the other hand, if the parts are "non-common", the workers in the production line are not accustomed to handling them, and work errors are likely to occur. Therefore, for parts that are "non-common" among a plurality of models, positioning holes are formed using tapered pins 311 or hybrid pins 321, giving priority to facilitating the insertion of projections into the positioning holes.

It should be noted that the pins 301, 311, and 321 for the positioning holes may be selected based on other characteristics than the characteristics of the parts described above.

<Modification 2>
In each of the above-described embodiments, for each part attached to the game board 13, when determining the evaluation point for determining the pin used for forming the positioning hole, the element (characteristic) of the part that can cause a serious error The points were allotted high, and the evaluation points were totaled to determine the pin suitability after setting the factors and differences of the parts that could be the cause of minor errors. On the other hand, it is also possible to assign the same number of points to each element without providing a difference for each element of the part, and determine the pin suitability based on the total score of the evaluation points.

<Modification 3>
In the second embodiment or the third embodiment described above, when a plurality of projections formed on one component are formed by using different pins, ie, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321, the positioning holes for each projection are formed. exemplified. On the other hand, three types of pins, straight pin 301, tapered pin 311 and hybrid pin 321, may be used to form positioning holes for projections in one component.

<Modification 4>
In the second or third embodiment described above, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321, which are closely related to one component, are used to form positioning holes for projections. On the other hand, the straight pin 301 and tapered pin 311, which are opposite to each other in relation to one component, may be used to form a positioning hole for the projection. Further, a positioning hole for projection may be formed by punching the straight pin 301 and the hybrid pin 321 in one component.

<Modification 5>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of evaluation items ("weight", "number of protrusions", "plating presence/absence", "transparency of the base", "inside/outside the game area", "game influence", "ball Passing amount", "part unit price", "common parts" and "conveyance distance") are evaluated, the optimum pins 301, 311, 321 (331) are selected, and positioning holes for projections of each part are drilled. was forming. On the other hand, it is also possible to determine elements other than the above evaluation items, and drill and form positioning holes for the projections of each part. For example, positioning holes for projections of each component may be drilled and formed depending on whether the component is to be arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 or not.

Also, the positioning holes may be formed according to the positional relationship of the positioning holes of one component. Specifically, for example, when three positioning holes are formed in a component having three protrusions, and the positions of the three protrusions are divided into left, middle, and right, the left and right protrusions correspond to the positions of the three protrusions. The positioning hole may be formed by taper pin 311 , and the positioning hole corresponding to the inner protrusion may be formed by hybrid pin 321 or straight pin 301 . When there are two or more inner protrusions, the positioning hole corresponding to one inner protrusion is formed by the straight pin 301 or hybrid pin 321, and the positioning hole for the other inner protrusion is formed by taper pin 311 or hybrid pin. 321 may be configured to be perforated and formed. Further, positioning holes corresponding to the left and right projections may be formed by punching straight pins 301 or hybrid pins 321 .

Further, points may be assigned to elements other than the above evaluation items, and positioning holes for projections of each component may be drilled and formed based on the total points. For example, it may be configured such that points are assigned according to whether or not the component is arranged in the router holes 651-656. Specifically, the parts to be arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 are temporarily held by the router holes 651 to 656 at their insertion portions (not shown) to some extent, so that they are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656. The parts to be provided are less likely to be misplaced in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 . Therefore, the parts arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 because the projections are difficult to protrude from the positioning holes even if the positioning holes are formed by the taper pins 311 having a weak "projection holding function". It can be said that the protrusion of the part to be attached is highly appropriate for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 . Therefore, it is evaluated whether or not the component is arranged in the router holes 651 to 656, and if the component is arranged in the router hole 651, "2 points" is assigned as an evaluation point. If it is a component that is not arranged in ˜656, "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point.

Also, points may be allocated according to the positional relationship of the positioning holes of one part, and based on the total points, the pins for forming the positioning holes may be selected. For example, when drilling and forming three positioning holes in a part having three protrusions, when the positions of the three protrusions are divided into left, middle, and right, even the inner protrusion has a "protrusion holding function". If the projections on the left and right are temporarily held by the positioning holes of the high straight pins 301, the projections on the left and right are the positioning holes by the taper pins 311 having a low "projection holding function", and the projections do not easily protrude from the positioning holes. It can be said that the taper pin 311 is highly appropriate for positioning holes. Therefore, the position of the protrusion on the part is evaluated, and if the protrusion is located on the left or right side of the part, "2 points" will be assigned as an evaluation point, while if it is a protrusion located inside the part, "0" will be given as an evaluation point. Allocate points.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above embodiments, no positioning projection is provided near the main display screw insertion hole 87h of the main display unit 87 (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion hole 87h). The number (two) of the main display projections 87j and 87k is one less than the number (three) of the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i. This is because the main display positioning holes 609 and 610 corresponding to the main display unit 87 are formed by the straight pins 301, so that the two main display projections 87j and 87k sufficiently secure the projection holding function. . Alternatively, positioning projections may be provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion holes 87h (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion holes 87h). With this configuration, the number of the main display screw insertion holes 87g to i is made equal to the number of projections, and by temporarily holding each of the locations where the screws are inserted, the main display unit 87 as a whole can be secured more reliably. can be temporarily held on the game board 13.

<Modification 7>
In each of the above-described embodiments, when the positioning holes are formed by the pins 301, 311, and 321, the positioning holes formed by the straight pin 301 or the tapered pin 311 are perfect circles when viewed from the front, and are formed by the hybrid pin 321. The formed positioning hole had an oval shape with rounded corners when viewed from the front. On the other hand, the positioning holes to be punched may be punched and formed to have a figure such as an ellipse, a square, a rectangle, a triangle, a pentagon, or the like when viewed from the front. In this case, it is preferable that the hole surface of the positioning hole to be drilled and formed has a shape that functions both to hold the protrusion and to allow the insertion of the protrusion. , is symmetrical (vertically symmetrical), and the length of each side (each diameter) is different.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above embodiments, the shape of the projection for each part is shared (length 2.00 mm and diameter φ2.4 mm (without plating layer), or length 2.05 mm and diameter φ2.5 mm (with plating layer)) and configured. On the other hand, the shape of the projection may be different for each part. Specifically, for example, the center projection of the center frame 86 has a length of 3.00 mm and a diameter of 3.00 mm. The diameter may be φ1.00 mm, and the size of the protrusion may be changed for each size of the part. However, if the shape of the protrusion differs from part to part, it is necessary to drill and form positioning holes corresponding to the shape of the protrusion, so many types of pins for drilling the positioning holes must be prepared.

<Modification 9>
In each of the above embodiments, the shape of the projection for each part is a predetermined cylindrical shape (length 2.00 mm and diameter φ2.4 mm (no plating layer), or length 2.05 mm and diameter φ2.5 mm (plating layer Yes)). On the other hand, the shape of the projection for each component may be configured in other shapes such as a prismatic shape, a pyramidal shape, a conical shape, and the like. However, if the shape of the projection differs from part to part, it is necessary to drill a positioning hole corresponding to the shape of the projection, so many kinds of pins for drilling the positioning hole must be prepared.

<Modification 10>
In the first embodiment, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 has two straight portions and two tapered portions (for example, the through straight portion 627a and the through tapered portion of the through positioning hole 627). 627b). Alternatively, the positioning hole may be configured to have only one straight portion. Alternatively, only one tapered portion may be formed in the positioning hole. By using one straight portion or one tapered portion, the structure of the pin for drilling the positioning hole can be simplified, and the pin can be easily formed. Furthermore, the positioning hole may be configured to have three or more tapered portions. Also, the positioning hole may be configured to have three or more straight portions.

<Modification 11>
In the first embodiment, the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pins 321 are formed such that two straight portions and two tapered portions are alternately arranged (for example, the through positioning holes 627 through straight portion 627a and through taper portion 627b). On the other hand, the positioning hole may be configured such that two straight portions are continuously formed. Specifically, for example, two straight portions are formed continuously, and the straight portions are formed so as to form a V-shaped hole when viewed from the front. Then, tapered portions may be formed from both ends of the V-shape so that the positioning hole has a sector shape when viewed from the front.

<Modification 12>
In the above-described first embodiment, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the game board 13 is conveyed with the left side of the game board 13 in the front view as the top, and the hybrid straight portion of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 is The through straight portion 627a is configured to be parallel to the longitudinal direction of the game board 13 when viewed from the front so that the straight portion formed by 324a is perpendicular to the direction in which the game board 13 is conveyed. On the other hand, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a only needs to be positioned at right angles to the transport direction of the game board 13. , the through straight portion 627a may be configured to be parallel to the horizontal direction of the game board when viewed from the front.

<Modification 13>
In the above-described fourth embodiment, the case where the modified hybrid pin 331 is used as an improved version of the hybrid pin 321 and the positioning hole is formed in the game board 13 has been exemplified. On the other hand, as an improved type of the straight pin 301, a modified straight tapered portion is formed in the modified straight body portion of the modified straight pin, and a positioning hole is formed by the modified straight pin, thereby peeling off the cell sheet 60a. may be configured to suppress Specifically, the modified straight tapered portion has a distance of 3.8 mm to 6.5 mm from the modified straight tip of the modified straight body (that is, the boundary between the modified straight body and the modified straight flange). It is formed. The shaft diameter of this modified straight tapered portion is 2.80 mm at a distance of 3.8 mm from the modified straight tip, and the shaft diameter of the modified straight tapered portion gradually increases from there (the modified straight tip The shaft diameter of the modified straight tapered portion increases by 0.05 mm for every 0.2 mm increase in distance from the portion where the distance from the modified straight tip is 3.8 mm. It is formed in a substantially inverted truncated cone shape that gradually increases in diameter in a tapered shape so that the diameter becomes 3.50 mm.

<Modification 14>
In each of the above-described embodiments, when the component is plated, the plating layer is uniformly applied to the base of the component, and the thickness of the plating layer is uniform. I had selected a pin for installation. On the other hand, it is also possible to select pins for drilling positioning holes on the premise that the thickness of the plated layer on the part may not be uniformly applied due to manufacturing irregularities. Specifically, if the thickness of the plated layer tends to vary due to the characteristics of each component (for example, the size of the entire component), the hybrid pin 321 or the taper pin 311 is used to form a positioning hole that can cope with the manufacturing variation. Form perforations. By configuring in this way, it is possible to facilitate the insertion of the projection into the positioning hole even when manufacturing irregularities in the plated layer occur.

<Modification 15>
In each of the above embodiments, the resin portion of each projection, excluding the plated layer, has a length of 2 mm and a diameter of φ2.4 mm, and has substantially common specifications. A pin for drilling a positioning hole was selected on the premise of On the other hand, it is also possible to select a pin for drilling a positioning hole on the premise that an error may occur in the shape of the projection due to manufacturing irregularities in the resin portion of the projection. Specifically, when the characteristics of each part (for example, differences in the resin components that make up the parts) are likely to cause manufacturing irregularities in the shape of the protrusions, the hybrid pin 321 or taper pin 311 is used for positioning that can deal with manufacturing irregularities. A hole is drilled and formed. By configuring in this way, it is possible to facilitate the insertion of the projection into the positioning hole even when there is manufacturing unevenness in the shape of the projection.

<Modification 16>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the game board 13 is formed by the wooden base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, and the game board 13 is formed with positioning holes. On the other hand, a game board (hereinafter referred to as a "transparent resin plate") is formed from a transparent synthetic resin material, and each positioning hole is punched in the transparent resin plate by a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin 321. It may be configured to form The transparent resin plate is made of a transparent synthetic resin material (for example, Fiber-Reinforced Plastics (FRP)) whose rear side is visible. The base plate 60 is a member that can be elastically deformed, but since the transparent resin plate has higher strength and hardness than the base plate 60, it is more difficult to elastically deform than the base plate 60. , a transparent resin plate which is elastically deformed so that projections of each part can be inserted thereinto.

<Modification 17>
In each of the above-described embodiments, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the characteristics of the parts are evaluated according to the conveying distance from when they are placed on the game board 13 until they are fixed with screws, and the perforations are formed based on the characteristics. I had selected a positioning hole to do. On the other hand, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the characteristics of the parts are evaluated according to the positions of the projections of the parts with respect to the conveying direction of the game board 13, and the positioning holes to be drilled and formed are selected based on the characteristics. can be configured to Specifically, for example, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, regarding one component, the projection on the front end side in the transport direction and the projection on the rear side in the transport direction are impacted when the transport of the game board 13 is stopped. is different. More specifically, when the game board 13 stops being conveyed, the projection on the rear side in the conveyance direction may rotate upward on the game board 13 about the projection on the leading end side in the conveyance direction. Therefore, a tapered pin 311 is used to form a positioning hole for the projection on the forward end side in the conveying direction, and a straight pin 301 or a hybrid pin 321 is formed to form a positioning hole for the rearward side in the conveying direction. With this configuration, even when the game board 13 stops being conveyed, the projections on the rear side in the conveying direction are firmly held in the positioning holes, so that the projections do not easily jump out of the positioning holes. It is possible to make it difficult for the parts to be displaced with respect to 13.

In each of the above-described embodiments, the description has been given of the case where the game board 13 is provided with one starting prize winning port 4a for starting the jackpot lottery when a ball enters the ball, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. The game board 13 may be provided with a plurality of (for example, two) starting prize-winning openings in which entering balls are independently detected and a jackpot lottery is started. Specifically, for example, in the center of the game area of the game board 13, there is provided a left starting winning hole for entering balls in the normal game state of the pachinko machine 10, and on the right side of the game area of the game board 13, the pachinko machine 10 A right starting winning hole is provided for entering a ball in an advantageous state (for example, probability variable state, time shortening state or big win state). In this case, since the right starting winning hole is configured so that the balls hardly pass through or come into contact with the pachinko machine 10 in the normal game state, it is evaluated as "small" in the evaluation item of "amount of passing balls". Based on the evaluation, a pin for drilling a positioning hole for the projection of the right starting prize opening is selected. On the other hand, the left starting winning hole is configured such that balls pass through or come into contact with it frequently in the normal game state of the pachinko machine 10, so it is evaluated as "large" in the evaluation item of "amount of passing balls". Based on the evaluation, a pin for drilling a positioning hole for the projection of the left starting prize opening is selected.

In each of the above-described embodiments, the winning to the start winning opening 4a and the passage through the through gate 7 are each suspended up to four times, but the maximum number of suspended balls is not limited to four. , 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). In addition, in a part of the special symbol display device 81, the number of reserved balls for variable display based on the winning to the start winning opening 4a is changed by numbers, or the area divided into four is changed by the number of reserved balls ( For example, it may be displayed in color or lighting pattern), and a light emitting member such as a lamp is provided separately from the first pattern display device 87a, and the number of reserved balls is notified by the light emitting member. may

Further, the present invention may be applied to a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from the above embodiments. For example, once the jackpot hits, the expected value of the jackpot is increased until the jackpot state occurs multiple times (for example, 2 times, 3 times) including the pachinko machine (commonly known as 2 times rights product, 3 times rights product) may be implemented as Further, after the big winning pattern is displayed, the pachinko machine may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which a predetermined game value is given to the player under the condition that the ball enters a predetermined area. Also, a pachinko machine having a prize winning device having a special area such as a V-zone and entering a special game state as a necessary condition for winning a ball in the special area may be implemented. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, various game machines such as arepachi, mammoth, slot machines, and so-called game machines combining a pachinko machine and a slot machine may be implemented.

Below, in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention, concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments will be shown.

<Group A>
A plate (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, a component (for example, a through gate 7) fixed to the front side of the plate, In a game machine equipped with a game board (for example, a game board 13) configured by
The parts are
a base in contact with the plate (for example, through base 7b);
a protrusion (for example, through protrusions 7e and 7f) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate,
The plate is
A hole (for example, through positioning holes 626, 627) formed so that the protrusion of the component can be inserted,
The holes are
an insertion receiving portion (for example, through taper portion 627b) for receiving insertion of the protrusion into the hole;
a holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) that holds the protrusion inserted into the hole;
A gaming machine A0 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine A0, a game area in which a game is played using a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate, parts are fixed to the front side of the plate, and the plate and the parts constitute a game board. is provided with a protrusion on the side of the base that is in contact with the plate, the plate is formed with a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, and the insertion receiving portion allows the protrusion to be inserted into the hole in the hole is received, and the retainer retains the projection inserted into the hole. Thereby, the protrusion of the component can be held by the holding portion of the hole while the protrusion of the component is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion of the hole. Therefore, it is possible to reliably insert and hold the protrusion in the hole, prevent the part from being detached from the plate, and improve the mounting performance of the part to the game board. There is Incidentally, the "performance of attaching parts to the game board" means ease of attaching parts to the game board, ease of attachment work, difficulty in removing parts once attached to the game board, and the like.

In gaming machine A0,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
The gaming machine A1 is characterized in that the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are respectively formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

According to the gaming machine A1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate, and the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. As a result, the projection is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and is inserted into the hole by the holding portion similarly formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. can immediately hold the protruding part.

Conventionally, there is a (first) hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. The (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the protrusion of the component inserted into the (first) hole ) is configured to be held by the holding portion of the hole. However, when trying to insert the protrusion into the (first) hole, since only the holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion can be firmly inserted into the (first) hole. Therefore, a situation occurred in which the parts were not securely fixed to the plate.

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole that easily receives the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole rim) of the (second) hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and in the inside of the (second) hole , an insert holder. The (second) hole is configured such that the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole facilitates insertion of the projecting portion of the component on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole, The projection inserted into the (second) hole can be held by an insertion holding portion provided inside the (second) hole. However, plate bodies have individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing irregularities, and the function of the insertion receiving portion or insertion holding portion of the (second) hole deteriorates due to the effects of these individual differences. may be lost.

Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large, The insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is also formed large, and the protrusion of the component inserted inside the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the component is securely fixed to the plate. A situation was occurring that did not. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, resulting in a projection. A situation has arisen in which the part is not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the part is not securely fixed to the plate.

Therefore, an insertion receiving portion and a holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. As a result, the projection is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and is inserted into the hole by the holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The protrusion can be retained immediately. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be reliably inserted into the hole and continuously held.

In gaming machine A1,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The holding portion is a constant load means (for example, a through straight plate) that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate to the protrusion over the predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. A gaming machine A2 characterized by comprising an inner diameter of a portion 627a.

According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the plate is configured to be elastically deformable, and is constantly applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole over a predetermined depth by the constant load means provided in the holding portion. of elastic force is given. As a result, the elastic force of the plate can be constantly applied to the projection by the load means to hold the projection. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held continuously.

In gaming machine A2,
The game machine A3 is characterized in that the constant load means forms the size of the holding portion smaller than the outer shape of the projection portion.

According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the constant load means, the size of the holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the protrusion can be inserted into the holding portion by elastically deforming the plate, and the elastic force of the plate can be continuously applied to the protrusion inserted into the holding portion. . Therefore, the constant load means of the holding portion continues to hold the projection portion inserted into the hole, preventing the component from coming off the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the component to the game board. , has the effect of

In any of gaming machines A1 to A3,
The insertion receiving portion extends from a predetermined portion of the hole below the predetermined depth (for example, a portion where the diameter of the through taper portion 627b and the diameter of the through projection 7f match) to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine A4 characterized by comprising an insertion holding portion (for example, a portion of the through tapered portion 627b where the through projection 7f and the outer diameter come into contact).

According to the game machine A4, in addition to the effects of the game machines A1 to A3, the following effects are achieved. That is, on the surface of the hole, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving part, and is inserted into the hole by the insertion holding part provided from a predetermined portion below the predetermined depth of the hole to a predetermined depth. The projected portion is held. As a result, the insertion receiving portion provided on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and the insertion holding portion provided from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth enables It can hold a protrusion that is inserted into the hole. Therefore, the holding part can hold the protrusion and the insertion holding part can additionally hold the protrusion, thereby increasing the holding force of the protrusion inserted into the hole and preventing the part from coming off the plate. There is an effect that it is possible to prevent this and improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In the gaming machine A4,
The insertion receiving part is
forming a size of the insertion receiving portion larger than an outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
forming a size of the insertion receiving portion smaller than an outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole;
The gaming machine A5, wherein the insertion holding portion is formed such that the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth.

According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and at a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. By the insertion holding part, the size of the insertion receiving part is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth.

Conventionally, there is a (first) hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. This (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the holding portion is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, A projecting portion of a component inserted into the (first) hole is configured to be held by the holding portion of the (first) hole. However, when trying to insert the protrusion into the (first) hole, the size of the holding part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so the protrusion cannot be firmly inserted into the (first) hole. A situation occurred in which it was not securely fixed to the body.

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole that easily receives the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole rim) of the (second) hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and in the inside of the (second) hole , an insert holder. In the (second) hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is smaller than the external shape of the projection, the projection of the component can be easily inserted into the surface of the (second) hole, and the insertion holding portion provided inside the (second) hole (second ) is configured to be able to hold the protrusion inserted into the hole. However, plate bodies have individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing irregularities, and the function of the insertion receiving portion or insertion holding portion of the (second) hole deteriorates due to the effects of these individual differences. may be lost.

Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed large due to individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large, The insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is also formed large, and the protrusion of the component inserted inside the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the component is securely fixed to the plate. A situation was occurring that did not. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, resulting in a protrusion. A situation has arisen in which the part is not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the part is not securely fixed to the plate.

Therefore, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion in the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the hole has a predetermined depth. wherein the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion provided in the insertion receiving portion extends the size of the insertion receiving portion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth. It is formed smaller than the outline of the protrusion. In addition, the elastic force of the plate is constantly applied to the protrusion over a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole by the constant load means of the holding part. With this configuration, the size of the insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the projection on the surface of the hole, so that the projection can be easily inserted into the hole, and the projection can be easily inserted from a predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. Since the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the projection, the projection inserted into the hole can be held. In addition, the elastic force of the plate can be constantly applied to the projection by the constant load means of the holding portion to hold the projection. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held continuously.

In the gaming machine A5,
The gaming machine A6 is characterized in that the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured so as to gradually decrease in depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. As a result, the insertion of the protrusion is received from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined portion, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to a predetermined depth, and the protrusion is gradually removed from the predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. In addition, the elastic force of the plate loaded on the protrusion can be strengthened. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held continuously.

In any of gaming machines A0 to A6,
At least two holding portions are provided,
A game machine A7 characterized in that at least two of the holding portions are formed in the hole so as to face each other.

According to the game machine A7, in addition to the effects of the game machines A0 to A6, the following effects are achieved. That is, at least two holding portions are provided, and at least two holding portions are formed to face each other in the hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched between the holding portions of the hole, so that the force for holding the projecting portion increases and the projecting portion can be prevented from jumping out of the hole. There is

In any of gaming machines A0 to A7,
At least two insertion receiving portions are provided,
A gaming machine A8 characterized in that at least two insertion receiving portions are formed in said holes so as to face each other.

The gaming machine A8 has the following effects in addition to the effects of the gaming machines A0 to A7. That is, at least two insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the part can be inserted into the space formed by one insertion receiving portion and the other insertion receiving portion of the hole, so that the projection can be easily inserted into the hole. There is

In gaming machine A8,
in the hole,
One holding portion and another holding portion are formed to face each other,
A gaming machine A9 characterized in that one insertion receiving portion and another insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other.

According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the hole, one holding portion and another holding portion are formed to face each other, and one insertion receiving portion and another insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other. As a result, the projection can be easily inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portions that are formed to face each other, and the projection is held by the holding portions that are formed to face each other. can be done. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held continuously.

<Group B>
A plate (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played with game media on the front side, and a plurality of parts fixed to the front side of the plate (for example, a start winning opening unit) 4, through gate 7 and main display unit 87), and a game machine equipped with a game board (for example, game board 13),
The plurality of parts are
a base in contact with the plate (for example, a starting base 4e, a through base 7b and a main display base 87f);
a protrusion (e.g., starting protrusions 4i, 4j, through protrusions 7e, 7f, or main display protrusions 87j, 87k) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate,
The plate body has a plurality of types of holes (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610, starting positioning holes 620 and 621, or through positioning holes 626 and 627) formed so that the projections of the parts can be inserted. with
A gaming machine B0 characterized in that one type of the plurality of types of holes is selected for the part and disposed.

According to the game machine B0, a game area is formed on the front side of the plate in which a game is played using game media, a plurality of parts are fixed to the front side of the plate, and the plate and the plurality of parts form a game board. The plurality of parts are provided with protrusions on the side of the base that contacts the plate, and the plate is formed with a plurality of types of holes with different shapes into which the protrusions of the parts can be inserted. One type of hole is selected and placed. Thereby, holes having different shapes can be provided for each part, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to each part. Therefore, the projecting parts of each part can be continuously held while being inserted into the holes respectively formed in the plate body, preventing each part from coming off the plate body, thereby improving the attachment performance of the parts to the game board. There is an effect that improvement can be achieved.

In gaming machine B0,
The parts are
a first part configured based on a first characteristic;
a second component configured based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic;
A gaming machine B1, wherein the plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic.

According to the gaming machine B1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, among the parts, a first part is constructed based on a first characteristic, and a second part is constructed based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic. Also, the plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic of the part. As a result, the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the characteristics of the parts. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to continuously hold the projecting portions of parts having different characteristics while inserting them into the holes respectively formed corresponding to the characteristics.

In gaming machine B1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a first hole (e.g., main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
inserting the protrusion of the first component into the first hole;
A gaming machine B2 characterized in that the protrusion of the second part is inserted into the second hole.

According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the second insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion. Also, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the second hole. As a result, there is an effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the parts.

In gaming machine B1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a first hole (e.g., main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
A third hole (for example, through positioning hole 626 , 627) and
inserting the protrusion of the first component into the first hole;
A gaming machine B3, wherein the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole.

According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first hole, which has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is formed by the first auxiliary holding portion. retained. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the third insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion, and the third holding portion A protrusion is retained. Furthermore, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole. As a result, there is an effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the parts.

In gaming machine B1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620 and 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
A third hole (for example, through positioning hole 626 , 627) and
inserting the protrusion of the first component into the second hole;
A game machine B4 characterized in that the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole.

According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the second hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and having only the second insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the second insertion receiving portion is provided with the protrusion. insertion of is acceptable. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the third insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion, and the third holding portion A protrusion is retained. Also, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the second hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole. As a result, there is an effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the parts.

In gaming machine B1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a first hole (e.g., main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620 and 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
A third hole (for example, through positioning hole 626 , 627) and
the component comprises a third component configured based on a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic;
inserting the protrusion of the first component into the first hole;
inserting the protrusion of the second component into the second hole;
A gaming machine B5 characterized in that the protrusion of the third component is inserted into the third hole.

According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the second insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the third insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion, and the third holding portion A protrusion is retained. Further, the component includes a third component configured based on a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic, and further, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the projection of the first component is inserted into the second hole. The protrusion of the second component is inserted into the hole, and the protrusion of the third component is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and each part can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the protrusions of the parts having different characteristics. , has the effect of

In any of gaming machines B2 to B5,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The first holding portion is a first constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate to the projection over the predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole. A gaming machine B6 characterized by comprising means (for example, the inner diameters of the main display positioning holes 609 and 610).

According to the game machine B6, in addition to the effects of the game machines B2 to B5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the first constant load means provided in the first holding portion applies pressure to the projection from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusion inserted into the first hole by the first constant load means so that the protrusion can be held.

In any of game machines B3 to B6,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The third holding part is a third constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate to the protrusion over the predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole. A game machine B7 characterized by comprising means (for example, the inner diameter of the through straight portion 627a).

According to the game machine B7, in addition to the effects of the game machines B3 to B6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the third constant load means provided in the third holding portion applies pressure to the projection from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole over a predetermined depth. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate can be constantly applied to the protrusion inserted into the third hole by the third constant load means so that the protrusion can be held.

In gaming machine B6 or B7,
The game machine B8 is characterized in that the first or third constant load means is formed such that the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.

According to the game machine B8, in addition to the effects of the game machine B6 or B7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first constant load means or the third constant load means, the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the protrusion can be inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part by elastically deforming the plate, and the protrusion inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part The elastic force of the plate can be continuously applied at all times. Therefore, there is an effect that the projection inserted into the first hole or the third hole can be continuously held by the constant load means of the first holding part or the third holding part.

In any of gaming machines B2 to B8,
The second insertion receiving portion is a second insertion holding portion (for example, starting positioning hole 620) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the second hole below the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. , 621, which are in contact with the outlines of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j).

According to the game machine B9, in addition to the effects of the game machines B2 to B8, the following effects are achieved. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the second hole, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and is moved from the predetermined portion of the second hole below the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. The protrusion inserted into the second hole is held by the second insertion holding portion provided over the entire length. As a result, the second insertion receiving portion facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the second hole, and the second insertion holding portion is provided from a predetermined portion of the second hole below the predetermined depth to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole and the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be continuously held.

In any of game machines B3 to B9,
The third insertion receiving portion extends from a predetermined portion of the third hole below the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth, for example, a third insertion holding portion (for example, in the through taper portion 627b) that holds the protrusion. A gaming machine B10 characterized by comprising a portion that contacts the outer shape of the through projection 7f).

According to the game machine B9, in addition to the effects of the game machines B2 to B8, the following effects are achieved. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole, the protrusion is inserted into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and is moved from the predetermined portion of the third hole below the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. The protrusion inserted into the third hole is held by the third insertion holding portion provided over the entire length. As a result, the third insertion receiving portion facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the third hole, and the third insertion holding portion is provided from a predetermined portion below the predetermined depth of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Thus, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

In gaming machine B9 or B10,
The second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion,
forming the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
forming a size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion smaller than an outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole;
The second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion has a size corresponding to the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. A game machine B11 characterized in that it is formed smaller than the outer shape.

According to the game machine B11, in addition to the effects of the game machine B9 or B10, the following effects are produced. That is, in the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the hole At a predetermined depth of , the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion allows the insertion to the predetermined depth from the predetermined portion. The size of the second insertion receiving part or the third insertion receiving part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Accordingly, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole. do. In addition, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be continuously held.

In the gaming machine B11,
A game characterized in that the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured so as to gradually decrease in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Machine B12.

According to the gaming machine B12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B11, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Thereby, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted over a predetermined portion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held over a predetermined depth from the predetermined portion, and further, from the predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. It is possible to gradually strengthen the elastic force of the plate that is loaded on the protrusion. Therefore, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be continuously held to prevent the parts from coming off the plate. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the mounting performance of parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B0 to B12,
The gaming machine B13, wherein the parts have different shapes of the holes based on the characteristics of the parts.

According to the game machine B13, in addition to the effects of the game machines B0 to B12, the following effects are achieved. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to differ based on the characteristics of the part. As a result, it is possible to select a hole having a shape corresponding to the characteristics of the component, and use the selected hole to arrange the component on the plate.

As a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a first hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The first hole has only an elastically deformable first holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the first holding portion is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. This provides an excellent effect in that the projecting portion of the component inserted into the first hole can be held by the first holding portion of the first hole. However, when trying to insert the projection into the first hole, the projection may not be firmly inserted into the first hole because the size of the first auxiliary holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the projection. be.

Further, as a hole into which the projecting portion of the component can be inserted, there is a second hole having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving the insertion of the projecting portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The second hole has a second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and has a second insertion holding portion inside the hole. . In this second hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the second insertion holding portion inside the hole is configured to be larger than the size of the protrusion. By being configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the second hole, the protrusion of the component is easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the second hole, and the second insertion holding portion provided inside the hole of the second hole There is an excellent effect in that the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held by the second hole.

However, the plate body has individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing irregularities during manufacturing, and the function of the second insertion receiving portion or the second insertion holding portion of the second hole is impaired due to the influence of the individual differences. It may drop. Specifically, for example, when the second hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed large, and the inside of the hole The second insertion holding portion is also formed large, and there is a drawback that the protrusion of the component inserted into the inside of the second hole cannot be firmly held.

Further, for example, when the second hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed small, and the projection portion becomes the second hole. It has the drawback of not being firmly inserted into the hole.

Here, as a hole into which the projecting portion of the component can be inserted, there is a third hole having a third insertion receiving portion and a third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. In this third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion. Also, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole. Further, in the third hole, the third insertion holding portion forms the third insertion receiving portion smaller in size than the outer shape of the projection from a predetermined portion of the third hole to a predetermined depth. In addition, by the third constant load means of the third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusion over a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Elasticity is imparted.

By configuring in this way, since the size of the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole. Since the size of the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. In addition, there is an excellent effect in that the projection can be held by constantly applying the elastic force of the plate to the projection by the third constant load means of the third holding portion. However, the third hole has both the function of facilitating insertion of the projection of the component into the third hole by the third insertion receiving part and the function of holding the projection inserted into the third hole by the third holding part. However, as a function of facilitating insertion of the projection, the second insertion receiving portion of the second hole is higher than the third insertion receiving portion of the third hole, and as a function of holding the projection, The first holding portion of the first hole is higher than the third holding portion of the third hole.

Therefore, one of the first hole, the second hole and the third hole is selected based on the characteristics of the part, and the part is mounted on the plate using the selected first hole, the second hole and the third hole. By arranging, there is an effect that it is possible to continuously hold the protrusions having different characteristics depending on the part while inserting them into the first, second or third holes of the plate.

In the game machine B13,
a property of the part is the weight of the part;
A gaming machine B14 characterized in that the component is disposed on the plate by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the weight.

According to the gaming machine B14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B13, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the component is mounted on the plate by any one of the first, second, and third holes provided based on the weight of the component.

For example, since the weight of a light component is light, even when the protrusion is inserted into the hole, the protrusion is likely to come off from the hole. Therefore, the light component is mounted on the plate using the first hole in which the protrusion can be easily held, not the second hole in which the protrusion can be easily inserted. In addition, once the protrusion is inserted into the hole, the protrusion of the heavy part is difficult to come off from the hole due to the weight of the load of the part itself. Therefore, the heavy parts are mounted on the plate using the second holes, into which the projections are easily inserted, rather than the first holes, into which the projections are easily held. Furthermore, the part that is neither heavy nor light has no outstanding characteristics, so it is arranged in the plate using the third hole that facilitates the insertion and retention of the protrusion.

In this way, by holding the protrusion using the hole corresponding to the weight of the part, it is possible to select whether to give priority to inserting the protrusion into the hole or to fix it based on the weight of the part. It is possible to continue holding while inserting the protrusion into the hole. Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In gaming machine B13 or B14,
the characteristic of the part is the number of protrusions of the part;
The gaming machine B15 is characterized in that the parts are arranged on the plate through any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the number of the protrusions.

According to the gaming machine B15, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B13 or B14, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the component is arranged on the plate through one of the first, second, and third holes provided based on the number of protrusions of the component.

For example, a part with a small number of projections has a small number of projections, so the total holding force of the holding force of each projection by each hole is weak, and once the projection is inserted into the hole However, the protruding part easily comes off from the hole. Therefore, a component having a small number of projections is arranged on the plate using the first holes in which the projections are easily held, not the second holes into which the projections are easily inserted. In addition, since a part with a large number of projections has a large number of projections, the total holding force of the holding force of each projection by each hole is strong, and once the projection is inserted into the hole, Secondly, the projection is difficult to come off from the hole. Therefore, a component having a large number of protrusions is arranged on the plate using the second holes into which the protrusions are easily inserted, rather than the first holes in which the protrusions are easily held. Further, since a component having neither too few nor many projections has no remarkable characteristics, it is arranged on the plate using the third hole which facilitates insertion and holding of the projections.

In this way, by holding the projections using the holes corresponding to the number of the projections of the component, it is possible to determine whether the insertion of the projections into the holes or the fixation thereof is prioritized based on the number of the projections of the component. can be selected and held while inserting the projection into the hole. Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B15,
The characteristic of the part is whether or not the part is plated,
The game machine B16 is characterized in that the component is disposed on the plate through one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the presence or absence of the plating process.

According to the game machine B16, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B15, the following effects are achieved. That is, the component is mounted on the plate through one of the first, second, and third holes provided based on whether or not the component is plated.

For example, when a part is plated, the thickness of the protruding part of the fixture is increased by the plating layer due to the plating process. For this reason, the protrusion is arranged in the plate using the second hole or the third hole that facilitates insertion of the protrusion. Also, if the component is not plated, there is no plated layer due to plating. For this reason, the plate body is provided with the first hole or the third hole in which the projection can be easily held, rather than the second hole into which the projection can be easily inserted.

In this way, the protrusions of the component are held using holes corresponding to whether or not the component is plated. As a result, it is possible to select whether priority is given to inserting the projection into the hole or to fix it based on the presence or absence of plating on the part, and continue to hold the projection while inserting the projection into the hole. Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B16,
The characteristic of the part is the degree of influence of the part on the game result,
The component is arranged on the plate through one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the degree of influence on the game result. Game machine B17.

According to the game machine B17, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B16, the following effects are achieved. That is, the component is arranged on the plate through one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the degree of influence of the component on the game result.

For example, a part that greatly affects the game result (for example, the starting prize winning port unit 4) will greatly fluctuate the game result if the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the hole. Therefore, parts that have a large influence on the game result are firstly inserted into the holes, and are arranged on the plate using the second or third holes in which the protrusions are easily inserted. Also, a part (for example, the main display unit 87) that has little (or no) influence on the game result has little influence on the game result even if no projection is inserted into the hole. Therefore, parts having a small degree of influence on the game result are arranged on the plate using the first holes that facilitate holding the protrusions when the protrusions are inserted into the holes.

In this way, the projecting portion of the part is held using holes corresponding to the degree of influence of the part on the game result. As a result, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or to fix it based on the degree of influence of the part on the game result, and to continue to hold the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole. . Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any one of the game machine B13 to FIG. 17,
The characteristic of the part is the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the part,
The game machine, wherein the component is disposed on the plate by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount). B18.

According to the game machine B18, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B17, the following effects are achieved. That is, the board is provided with any of the first, second, and third holes provided based on the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium in the part.

For example, a component (for example, the starting prize winning port unit 4) through which a large amount of game media passes (contact amount) has a large effect on the game media if it is not firmly fixed, and the game result greatly fluctuates. Therefore, the parts that have a large amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium are firstly inserted into the holes, and are arranged on the plate using the second holes in which the projections are easily inserted into the holes. Also, a part (for example, the main display unit 87) with a small (no) passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium has a passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium even if the protrusion is not inserted into the hole. Since there are few (no), there is little influence on the game result. Therefore, the part with a small (no) passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium is arranged on the plate using the first hole in which the protrusion is easily held when the protrusion is inserted into the hole.

In this way, by using holes corresponding to the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the part to hold the protrusion of the part, the projection can be adjusted based on the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the part. It is possible to select whether priority is given to insertion into the hole or to fixation, and to continue holding the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole. Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B18,
The plate has partitioning members (for example, inner rails 61, outer rails 62 and right corner ornaments 70) for partitioning and forming the game area on the front side of the plate,
The characteristic of the component is whether or not the arrangement position of the component is within the game area defined by the dividing member,
The parts are arranged on the plate through any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole, which are provided based on whether or not the arrangement position of the part is within the game area. A gaming machine B19 characterized by:

According to the game machine B19, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B18, the following effects are achieved. That is, the parts are arranged on the plate by any of the first, second, or third holes provided based on whether the arrangement position of the parts is within the game area defined by the dividing member. is set.

For example, a part (for example, the starting prize winning port unit 4 or the through gate 7) disposed within the game area comes into contact with the game medium driven into the game area. The effect on the flow direction is large, and there is a possibility that the game result will fluctuate greatly. Therefore, the parts arranged in the game area are arranged on the plate using the second hole or the third hole where the protrusion is easily inserted into the hole, with priority given to inserting them into the holes first. In addition, even if the parts (for example, the main display unit 87) that are arranged outside the game area are not fixed, they do not come into contact with the game medium, so they do not affect the game results. Therefore, the parts arranged outside the game area are arranged on the plate using the first holes in which the protrusions are easily held.

In this way, by holding the projecting portion of the component using a hole that corresponds to whether or not the arrangement position of the component is within the game area, the hole of the projecting portion can be adjusted based on whether or not the component comes into contact with the game medium. It is possible to select whether priority is given to insertion into the hole or to fixation, and to continue to hold the projection while inserting the projection into the hole. Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of game machines B13 to B19,
The game board is
a component placing step of placing the component on the plate by inserting the protrusion into the hole;
a conveying step of conveying the plate;
and a part fixing step of fixing the part placed on the plate with a fixture (for example, a screw),
The characteristic of the component is the length of the conveying distance from when the component is placed on the plate in the component placing step to when the component is fixed by the fixture in the component fixing step,
A game machine B20 characterized in that the component is disposed on the plate through one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the length of the conveying distance. .

According to the game machine B20, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B19, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the component placing step, the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate, in the carrying step, the plate is carried, and in the component fixing step, the component to be placed on the plate is placed. A game board fixed by fixtures and formed through the above-described processes is provided, and from the time the parts are placed on the plate in the parts placing process to the time the parts are fixed by the fixtures in the parts fixing process. The parts are arranged on the plate through any of the first, second or third holes provided based on the length of the conveying distance.

For example, a part with a long transport distance (for example, board side decoration 8) has a long transport distance from being placed on the plate to being fixed. etc., and there is a possibility that it may deviate from the initial placement position. Therefore, parts that have a long transport distance are arranged on the plate using the first hole or the third hole so that the protrusions are firmly held by the holes. In addition, parts with a short transport distance (for example, the start winning opening unit 4) have a short transport distance from being placed on the plate to being fixed, so they are less likely to be affected by impacts that occur during transport. There is a low possibility that it will deviate from the placement position. Therefore, a component with a short conveying distance is arranged on the plate using the second hole, giving priority to firmly inserting the projection into the hole rather than holding the projection by the hole.

In this way, by holding the projecting portion of the component using the hole corresponding to the length of the conveying distance from when the component is placed on the plate until it is fixed, it is possible to prevent the deviation of the placement position of the component. It is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or to fix it based on the possibility of occurrence of the protrusion, and to continue to hold the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B20,
The characteristic of the part is the part unit price of the part,
A gaming machine B21, wherein the parts are arranged on the plate through any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the part unit price.

According to the game machine B21, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B20, the following effects are achieved. That is, the component is arranged on the plate by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the component unit price of the component.

For example, if a part with a high unit price is damaged and must be replaced, the loss will be large. Therefore, parts with a high unit price are arranged on the plate using the first holes so that the projections are held firmly in the holes. In addition, if a part with a low unit price is damaged and needs to be replaced, the loss is not large. Therefore, parts with a low unit price are arranged in the plate using the second or third holes in order to ensure that the protrusions are inserted into the holes.

In this way, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or to fix it based on the unit price of the part, and to insert the protrusion into the hole while continuing to hold the protrusion. .

In any of game machines B13 to B21,
The characteristic of the part is whether or not it is a common part commonly used in different models of gaming machines,
A game machine B22 characterized in that the part is disposed on the plate through one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on whether or not the part is the common part. .

According to the game machine B22, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B21, the following effects are achieved. That is, the parts are arranged on the plate by any of the first, second or third holes provided based on whether the parts are common parts commonly used in different models of gaming machines. is set.

For example, in the case of non-common parts that are not commonly used in different types of game machines, workers are not accustomed to handling such parts, and there is a possibility that work errors are likely to occur. Therefore, the non-common parts are arranged in the plate using the second hole or the third hole in order to ensure that the protrusion is inserted into the hole. In addition, if a common part is commonly used in different types of game machines, the operator is accustomed to handling the part, so that an operation error is less likely to occur. Therefore, the first hole is used to locate the plate in order to hold the projection firmly in the hole.

In this way, it is possible to select whether to give priority to inserting the projection into the hole or to fix it based on whether the part is commonly used or not, and continue to hold the projection while inserting the projection into the hole. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B22,
A gaming machine B23, wherein the parts have different shapes of the holes based on a plurality of characteristics of the parts.

According to the game machine B23, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B22, the following effects are achieved. That is, the holes are configured to differ in shape based on a plurality of properties of the part. This makes it possible to select the optimum hole in consideration of a plurality of characteristics of the component and to arrange the component on the plate using the selected hole. Therefore, there is an effect that the projecting portion of the component can be continuously held while being inserted into the optimum hole corresponding to the plurality of characteristics of the component.

In any of gaming machines B3 to B23,
At least two third holding parts are provided,
A gaming machine B24 characterized in that at least two of the third holding portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

According to the game machine B24, in addition to the effects of the game machines B3 to B23, the following effects are achieved. That is, at least two third holding portions are provided, and at least two third holding portions are formed to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched between the third holding portions of the third hole, so that the force for holding the projecting portion is increased and the projecting portion is prevented from jumping out of the third hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held continuously.

In any of gaming machines B3 to B24,
At least two third insertion receiving portions are provided,
A game machine B25 characterized in that at least two of the third insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

The game machine B25 has the following effects in addition to the effects of the game machines B3 to B24. That is, at least two third insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two third insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the third insertion receiving portion of one of the third holes and the other third insertion receiving portion. There is an effect that it can be made easier.

In the gaming machine B25,
in the third hole,
One said third holding portion and another said third holding portion are formed to face each other, and
A game machine B26 characterized in that one said third insertion receiving portion and another said third insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other.

According to the gaming machine B26, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B25, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the third hole, one third holding portion and another third holding portion are formed to face each other, and one third insertion receiving portion and another third insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other. They are formed facing each other. As a result, the projection can be easily inserted into the third hole by means of the third insertion receiving parts formed so as to face each other, and the projection can be easily inserted into the third hole by means of the third holding parts formed so as to face each other. It can be held so as to be sandwiched. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

<Group C>
A plate (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, and a component that is fixed to the front side of the plate (for example, the start-up of the second embodiment) In a gaming machine equipped with a game board (for example, a game board 13) configured by a prize winning unit 4),
The parts are
a base in contact with the plate (for example, a starting base 4e);
A plurality of projections (for example, starting projections 4i1 and 4j) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate,
The plate has a plurality of types of holes (for example, starting positioning holes 620 and 621) with different shapes formed so that each protrusion of the component can be inserted,
The game machine C0 is characterized in that different types of the holes are selected for each of the protrusions.

According to the gaming machine C0, a game area in which a game is played using a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate, parts are fixed to the front side of the plate, and the plate and the parts constitute a game board. is provided with a plurality of protrusions on the side of the base that contacts the plate, and the plate is formed with a plurality of types of holes with different shapes into which the respective protrusions of the component can be inserted. holes are selected and placed. Thereby, the parts can be arranged on the plate by using different types of holes for each protrusion of one part. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to continue to hold the protrusions while inserting the protrusions into the holes of the type corresponding to the respective protrusions of one component.

In gaming machine C0,
The protrusion is
a first projection configured based on the first characteristic;
a second projection configured based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic,
A gaming machine C1, wherein the plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic.

According to the gaming machine C1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first projection provided on the projection is configured based on the first characteristic, and the second projection provided on the projection is configured based on the second characteristic different from the first characteristic. Also, the plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic of the protrusion. As a result, the component can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the characteristics of each projecting portion of the component. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to continue to hold the protrusions having different characteristics depending on the part of the part while inserting them into the holes of the plate.

In gaming machine C1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a first hole (e.g., main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
inserting the first protrusion into the first hole;
A gaming machine C2 characterized in that the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole.

According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the second insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion. Also, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is

In gaming machine C1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a first hole (e.g., main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
A third hole (for example, through positioning hole 626 , 627) and
inserting the first protrusion into the first hole;
A gaming machine C3 characterized in that the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. be done. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the third insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion, and the third holding portion A protrusion is retained. Also, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is

In gaming machine C1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620 and 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
A third hole (for example, through positioning hole 626 , 627) and
inserting the first protrusion into the second hole;
A game machine C4 characterized in that the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the second hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and having only the second insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the second insertion receiving portion is provided with the protrusion. insertion of is acceptable. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the third insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion, and the third holding portion A protrusion is retained. Also, the first protrusion is inserted into the second hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is

In gaming machine C1,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a first hole (e.g., main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620 and 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
A third hole (for example, through positioning hole 626 , 627) and
The protrusion comprises a third protrusion configured based on a third property different from the first property and the second property,
inserting the first protrusion into the first hole;
inserting the second protrusion into the second hole;
A game machine C5 characterized in that the third protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the second insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the third insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion, and the third holding portion A protrusion is retained. Further, as the protrusion, a third protrusion having a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic is provided. Further, the first projection is inserted into the first hole, the second projection is inserted into the second hole, and the third projection is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different, and the parts can be arranged on the plate using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is

In any of game machines C2 to C5,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The first holding portion is a first constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate to the projection over the predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole. A gaming machine C6 characterized by comprising means (for example, the inner diameters of the main display positioning holes 609 and 610).

According to the game machine C6, in addition to the effects of the game machines C2 to C5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the first constant load means provided in the first holding portion applies pressure to the projection from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusion by the first constant load means so that the protrusion can be held.

In any of game machines C3 to C6,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The third holding part is a third constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate to the protrusion over the predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole. A gaming machine C7 characterized by comprising means (for example, the inner diameter of the through straight portion 627a).

According to the game machine C7, in addition to the effects of the game machines C3 to C6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the third constant load means provided in the third holding portion applies pressure to the projection from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole over a predetermined depth. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusion by the third constant load means so that the protrusion can be held.

In game machine C6 or C7,
A gaming machine C8, wherein the first or third constant load means is formed such that the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.

According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C6 or C7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first constant load means or the third constant load means, the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the protrusion can be inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part by elastically deforming the plate, and the protrusion inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part The elastic force of the plate can be continuously applied at all times. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held by the constant load means of the first holding part or the third holding part.

In any of gaming machines C2 to C8,
The second insertion receiving portion is a second insertion holding portion (for example, starting positioning hole 620) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the second hole below the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. , 621, which are in contact with the outlines of the starting projections 4i and 4j).

According to the game machine C9, in addition to the effects of the game machines C2 to C8, the following effects are achieved. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the second hole, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and extends from a predetermined portion below the predetermined depth of the second hole to a predetermined depth. The protrusion inserted into the second hole is held by the second insertion holding portion provided across the second hole. As a result, the second insertion receiving portion facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the second hole, and the second insertion holding portion is provided from a predetermined portion of the second hole below the predetermined depth to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole and the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be continuously held.

In any of game machines C3 to C9,
The third insertion receiving portion extends from a predetermined portion of the third hole below the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth, for example, a third insertion holding portion (for example, in the through taper portion 627b) that holds the protrusion. A game machine C10 characterized by comprising a portion that contacts the outer shape of the through projection 7f).

According to the game machine C10, in addition to the effects of the game machines C3 to C9, the following effects are achieved. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole, the protrusion is inserted into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and is moved from a predetermined portion of the third hole below the predetermined depth to a predetermined depth. The projection inserted into the third hole is held by the third insertion holding portion provided over the hole. As a result, the third insertion receiving portion facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the third hole, and the third insertion holding portion is provided from a predetermined portion below the predetermined depth of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Thus, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

In gaming machine C9 or C10,
The second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion,
forming the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
forming a size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion smaller than an outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole;
The second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion has a size corresponding to the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. A game machine C11 characterized in that it is formed smaller than the outer shape.

According to the gaming machine C11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C9 or C10, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the hole At a predetermined depth of , the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion allows the insertion to the predetermined depth from the predetermined portion. The size of the second insertion receiving part or the third insertion receiving part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Accordingly, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole. do. In addition, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be continuously held.

In the gaming machine C11,
A game characterized in that the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured so as to gradually decrease in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Machine C12.

According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C11, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. As a result, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined portion, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to a predetermined depth, and the protrusion is gradually removed from the predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. It is possible to increase the elastic force of the plate loaded on the plate. Therefore, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be continuously held. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts from coming off the plate and to improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines C0 to C12,
The game machine C13 is characterized in that the protrusions have different shapes of the holes based on the characteristics of the protrusions.

According to the game machine C13, in addition to the effects of the game machines C0 to C12, the following effects are achieved. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to differ based on the characteristics of each protrusion of the component. As a result, it is possible to select a hole corresponding to the characteristics of the projection, and use the selected hole to dispose the part having the projection on the plate.

As a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a first hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The first hole has only an elastically deformable first holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the first holding portion is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. This provides an excellent effect in that the projecting portion of the component inserted into the first hole can be held by the first auxiliary holding portion of the first hole. However, when trying to insert the protrusion into the first hole, there is a drawback that the protrusion may not be firmly inserted into the first hole because the size of the first holding part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. .

Further, as a hole into which the projecting portion of the component can be inserted, there is a second hole having only a second insertion receiving portion for receiving the insertion of the projecting portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The second hole has a second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and has a second insertion holding portion inside the hole. . In this second hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the second insertion holding portion inside the hole is configured to be larger than the size of the protrusion. By being configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the second hole, the protrusion of the component is easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the second hole, and the second insertion holding portion provided inside the hole of the second hole There is an excellent effect in that the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held by the second hole.

However, the plate body has individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing irregularities during manufacturing, and the function of the second insertion receiving portion or the second insertion holding portion of the second hole is impaired due to the influence of the individual differences. It may drop. Specifically, for example, when the second hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed large, and the inside of the hole The second insertion holding portion is also formed large, and there is a drawback that the protrusion of the component inserted into the inside of the second hole cannot be firmly held.

Further, for example, when the second hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed small, and the projection portion becomes the second hole. It has the drawback of not being firmly inserted into the hole.

Here, as a hole into which the projecting portion of the component can be inserted, there is a third hole having a third insertion receiving portion and a third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. In this third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion. Also, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole. Further, in the third hole, the third insertion holding portion forms the third insertion receiving portion smaller in size than the outer shape of the projection from a predetermined portion of the third hole to a predetermined depth. In addition, the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusion over a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole by the third constant load means of the third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. of elastic force is given.

By configuring in this way, since the size of the third insertion portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole, and the predetermined portion can be easily inserted. to a predetermined depth, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. In addition, there is an excellent effect in that the projection can be held by constantly applying the elastic force of the plate to the projection by the third constant load means of the third holding portion. However, the third hole has both the function of facilitating insertion of the projection of the component into the third hole by the third insertion receiving part and the function of holding the projection inserted into the third hole by the third holding part. However, as a function of facilitating insertion of the projection, the second insertion receiving portion of the second hole is higher than the third insertion receiving portion of the third hole, and as a function of holding the projection, The first holding portion of the first hole is higher than the third holding portion of the third hole.

Therefore, one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole is selected based on the characteristics of each protrusion of the part, and the selected first hole, the second hole, or the third hole is used to By arranging the parts on the plate through the protrusions, the protrusions having different characteristics can be continuously held while being inserted into the first, second, or third holes of the plate. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts from coming off the plate and to improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In the gaming machine C13,
The characteristic of the protrusion is whether or not the protrusion is plated,
The protrusion is arranged on the plate by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on whether or not the protrusion is plated. Gaming machine C14.

According to the gaming machine C14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C13, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the protrusion provided based on the presence or absence of the plating treatment for the protrusion is inserted into any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole, and the component is disposed on the plate.

For example, in the case where one part has a part that is plated and a part that is not plated, if the protruding part is plated, the plated layer due to the plating process, The thickness of the protrusion is increased. For this reason, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole or the third hole into which the protrusion can be easily inserted, and the component is arranged on the plate. Also, when the protrusion is not plated, there is no plated layer due to plating. For this reason, the protrusion is inserted into the first hole or the third hole in which the protrusion is easily held, instead of the second hole into which the protrusion is easily inserted, and the component is disposed on the plate.

In this manner, in a component having a portion that is plated and a portion that is not plated, the projection of the component is held by using holes corresponding to the presence or absence of plating in the projection of the component. As a result, it is possible to select whether priority is given to inserting the protrusions into the holes or to fix the protrusions based on the presence or absence of plating treatment for each part of the part, and to continuously hold the protrusions while inserting the protrusions into the respective holes. can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the projecting portions having different characteristics from being detached from the holes, securely fix the parts to the plate, and improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In gaming machine C13 or C14,
The characteristic of the projection is the degree of influence on the game result at the part where the projection is arranged,
The protrusion is formed on the board by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the degree of influence on the game result at the portion where the protrusion is arranged. A game machine C15 characterized by being arranged on the body.

According to the gaming machine C15, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C13 or C14, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the component is arranged on the plate through one of the first, second, and third holes provided based on the degree of influence on the game result at the portion where the protrusion is arranged. be.

For example, the game results will vary greatly if the protrusions in the parts that have a large influence on the game results are not firmly fixed. Therefore, the protrusions in the portions that have a large influence on the game result are first given priority to be inserted into the holes, and the second hole or the third hole where the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes is used for the plate body. be placed in In addition, a projection having a small (no) influence on the game result has little influence on the game result even if the projection is not inserted into the hole. Therefore, the protrusions that have little (or no) influence on the game result are arranged on the plate using the first holes in which the protrusions are easily held when inserted into the holes.

In this way, the projections of the part are held using holes corresponding to the degree of influence on the game result for each part where the projections are arranged. Thus, it is possible to select whether to give priority to the insertion of the projection into the hole or to fix it based on the degree of influence on the game result by the part where the projection is arranged, and insert the projection into the hole. You can keep holding. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the protrusions having different characteristics from coming off the holes, securely fix the parts to the plate, and improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of game machines C13 to C15,
The characteristic of the projection is the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the projection is arranged,
The protrusion is formed on the plate by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is arranged. A gaming machine C16 characterized by being arranged on the body.

According to the game machine C16, in addition to the effects of the game machines C13 to C15, the following effects are achieved. That is, the part is inserted into one of the first, second, and third holes provided based on the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the projection is arranged, and the part is arranged on the plate. is set.

For example, if the projecting portion in the portion where the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium is large is not firmly fixed, it will have a large effect on the game medium, and the game result will fluctuate greatly. Therefore, the protrusions in the portion where the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium is large are first given priority to inserting the protrusions into the holes, and the protrusions are inserted into the plate using the second holes where the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes. be placed. In addition, the projecting portion at the portion where the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium is small (no) should be such that the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium is small (no) even if the protrusion is not inserted into the hole. Therefore, the effect on the game result is small. Therefore, the protrusions in the areas where the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium is small (no) are disposed on the plate using the first holes that facilitate holding the protrusions when the protrusions are inserted into the holes.

In this way, the projection is held using a hole corresponding to the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the projection is arranged. As a result, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or to fix the protrusion into the hole based on the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is arranged, and insert the protrusion into the hole. You can keep holding it while letting it go. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the protrusions having different characteristics from coming off the holes, securely fix the parts to the plate, and improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines C13 to C16,
The game machine C17 is characterized in that the protrusions have different shapes of the holes based on a plurality of characteristics of the portion where the protrusions are arranged.

According to the game machine C17, in addition to the effects of the game machines C13 to C16, the following effects are achieved. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to differ based on a plurality of characteristics of the portion where the protrusion is arranged. Accordingly, it is possible to select an optimum hole in consideration of a plurality of properties of the protrusion, insert the protrusion into the selected hole, and dispose the component on the plate. Therefore, there is an effect that the projecting portion of the part can be continuously held while being inserted into the optimum hole corresponding to the plurality of characteristics of the portion where the projecting portion is arranged.

In any of game machines C3 to C17,
At least two third holding parts are provided,
A gaming machine C18 characterized in that at least two of the third holding portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

According to the game machine C18, in addition to the effects of the game machines C3 to C17, the following effects are produced. That is, at least two third holding portions are provided, and at least two third holding portions are formed to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched between the third holding portions of the third hole, so that the force for holding the projecting portion is increased and the projecting portion is prevented from jumping out of the third hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held continuously.

In any of gaming machines C3 to C18,
At least two third insertion receiving portions are provided,
A game machine C19 characterized in that at least two of the third insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

The game machine C19 has the following effects in addition to the effects of the game machines C3 to C18. That is, at least two third insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two third insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the third insertion receiving portion of one of the third holes and the other third insertion receiving portion. There is an effect that it can be made easier.

In the gaming machine C19,
in the third hole,
One said third holding portion and another said third holding portion are formed to face each other, and
A game machine C20 characterized in that one said third insertion receiving portion and another said third insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other.

According to the gaming machine C20, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C19, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the third hole, one third holding portion and another third holding portion are formed to face each other, and one third insertion receiving portion and another third insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other. They are formed facing each other. As a result, the projection can be easily inserted into the third hole by means of the third insertion receiving parts formed so as to face each other, and the projection can be easily inserted into the third hole by means of the third holding parts formed so as to face each other. It can be held so as to be sandwiched. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

<Group D>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, and a component (for example, a through gate 7) arranged on the front side of the plate body. A game board (for example, a game board 13) comprising
a hole forming step (for example, a component positioning hole forming step (S201)) of forming a hole (for example, a through positioning hole 627) in the plate;
a component placing step (for example, an attacker unit placing step (S206)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate;
a conveying step (for example, a first conveying step) of conveying the plate such that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is a predetermined direction with respect to the conveying direction of the plate;
a transport stop means for stopping transport of the plate (for example, when transporting the game board 13 from the attacker unit placing step (S206) to the main display unit placing step (S207) in the first transport step);
The game formed through a part fixing step (for example, a first screwing step (S212)) of fixing the parts placed on the plate whose transport has been stopped by fixing tools (for example, screws). with a board,
The holes are
an insertion receiving portion (for example, through taper portion 627b) for receiving insertion of the protrusion into the hole;
a holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) that holds the protrusion inserted into the hole,
The gaming machine D0 is characterized in that the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the hole in a direction intersecting the conveying direction of the plate.

According to the gaming machine D0, a game area is formed on the front side of the plate in which a game is played using game media, and parts are arranged on the front side of the plate. Then, in the main holding forming step, holes into which the projections of the components are inserted are formed in the plate, and in the component placing step, the protrusions are inserted into the holes, and the components are placed on the plate, followed by the transporting step. Then, the plate is conveyed so that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is in a predetermined direction with respect to the conveying direction of the plate, the conveying of the plate is stopped by the conveying stop means, and the part fixing step conveys the plate. The game board is formed through the above-described processes, and the components placed on the plate on which the board is stopped are fixed by the fixture, and the insertion receiving portion provided in the hole protrudes into the hole The insertion of the portion is accepted, and the projection portion inserted into the hole is held by the holding portion provided in the hole. A holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the hole in a direction intersecting the conveying direction of the plate.

Conventionally, inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the plate being transported in the transport process. Then, when the conveying of the plate is stopped by the conveying stop step, the component placed on the plate is subjected to an impact based on the inertial force. Further, in the transfer process, when the stopped plate starts to be transferred, an impact based on inertia is applied to the parts placed on the plate in a stopped state. Since the parts placed on the plate before the part fixing process are not fixed to the plate by the fixtures, there is a risk that the placement position of the parts may be displaced due to the impact generated during the transfer process and the transfer stop process. . Therefore, the component is formed with a projection, a hole is formed in the plate, and the projection is inserted into the hole to hold the component against the plate. In such a situation, depending on the impact that occurs when the transport of the plate is stopped, the projecting portion may pop out of the hole, and there is a risk that the placement position of the component will be shifted with respect to the plate. .

Therefore, by forming the holding portion provided in the hole at a predetermined position in a direction intersecting the conveying direction of the plate, even if the part is subjected to an impact in the conveying direction due to the stop of conveying the plate, the part can be retained. The protrusion and the holding portion of the hole are configured to be in contact with each other. By configuring in this way, even if an impact based on an inertia force in the conveying direction is applied to the part due to stoppage or start of conveyance of the plate, the protrusion and the holding portion come into contact and interfere with each other. By pushing against each other, it is possible to prevent the protrusion from jumping out of the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the displacement of the placement position of the component when the plate is conveyed.

In the gaming machine D0,
In the conveying step, the plate is conveyed so that the vertical direction of the plate in a front view is orthogonal to the conveying direction;
At least two holding portions are provided,
A gaming machine D1, wherein the holding portion is formed in the hole so as to face a direction intersecting the vertical direction (a direction parallel to the conveying direction of the plate body).

According to the gaming machine D1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the conveying step, the plate is conveyed so that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is orthogonal to the conveying direction, at least two holding portions are provided, and the direction intersecting the vertical direction of the plate in the hole (plate The holding portions are formed so as to face each other in the direction parallel to the conveying direction of the sheet. As a result, for example, when the transport of the plate is stopped, even if the projecting portion of the part is slightly tilted forward in the transport direction due to the stop of transport of the plate, the one holding portion on the forward side in the transport direction of the hole interferes with the projecting portion, the other holding portion on the rear side of the hole in the conveying direction interferes with the projecting portion, and the projecting portion and the holding portion of 2 interfere with each other. Therefore, even if an impact occurs during transportation of the plate, the projecting portion can be prevented from jumping out of the hole by sandwiching the projecting portion between the two holding portions. There is Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the displacement of the placement position of the component when the plate is conveyed.

In gaming machine D1,
A gaming machine D2 characterized in that, in the component placing step, the component is placed from a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate.

According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the component placement step, the component is placed in a direction perpendicular to the conveying direction of the plate. Therefore, when an operator places a component on the plate from a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate, the operator can perform the work while viewing the plate from the upper side or the lower side when viewed from the front. can. In particular, when working while looking at the plate from the lower side of the plate when viewed from the front, the work can be done while looking straight at the plate. Therefore, it is possible to facilitate the work of placing the parts, thereby increasing the working efficiency and improving the manufacturing efficiency of the game board.

In any one of the game machines D0 to D2,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
A gaming machine D3 characterized in that the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are respectively formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

According to the game machine D3, in addition to the effects of the game machines D0 to D2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate, and the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Thereby, the protrusion inserted into the hole can be immediately held by the holding part while the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving part on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be reliably inserted into the hole and continuously held.

In the gaming machine D3,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The holding portion is a constant load means (for example, a through straight plate) that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate to the protrusion over the predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. A gaming machine D4 characterized by comprising an inner diameter of the portion 627a).

According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the plate is configured to be elastically deformable, and is constantly applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole over a predetermined depth by the constant load means provided in the holding portion. of elastic force is given. As a result, the elastic force of the plate can be constantly applied to the projection by the load means to hold the projection. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protrusion inserted into the hole and prevent the part from coming off the plate.

In gaming machine D4,
The game machine D5 is characterized in that the constant load means forms the size of the holding portion smaller than the outer shape of the projection portion.

According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the constant load means, the size of the holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the protrusion can be inserted into the holding portion by elastically deforming the plate, and the elastic force of the plate can be continuously applied to the protrusion inserted into the holding portion. . Therefore, there is an effect that the constant load means of the holding portion can continue to hold the projection portion inserted into the hole, thereby preventing the part from coming off the plate.

In any of gaming machines D3 to D5,
The insertion receiving portion is an insertion holding portion (for example, through projection 7f and outer diameter of through taper portion 627b) that holds the projection from a predetermined portion of the hole below the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine D6 characterized by comprising a portion where the .

According to the game machine D6, in addition to the effects of the game machines D3 to D5, the following effects are achieved. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the projection is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion, and the insertion is provided from a predetermined portion of the hole below the predetermined depth to a predetermined depth. The holding portion holds the protrusion inserted into the hole. As a result, the insertion receiving portion facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and the insertion holding portion provided extending from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth can hold the protrusion inserted into the hole. can. Therefore, the projection can be held by the holding part and the projection can be additionally held by the insertion holding part, thereby increasing the holding force of the projection inserted into the hole and preventing the part from coming off the plate. There is an effect that it is possible to prevent this and improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In gaming machine D6,
The insertion receiving part is
forming a size of the insertion receiving portion larger than an outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
forming a size of the insertion receiving portion smaller than an outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole;
The gaming machine D7 is characterized in that the insertion holding portion is formed such that the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth.

According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and at a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. By the insertion holding part, the size of the insertion receiving part is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth.

Conventionally, there is a (first) hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. This (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the holding portion is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, A projecting portion of a component inserted into the (first) hole is configured to be held by the holding portion of the (first) hole. However, when trying to insert the protrusion into the (first) hole, the size of the holding part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so the protrusion cannot be firmly inserted into the (first) hole. A situation occurred in which it was not securely fixed to the body.

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole that easily receives the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole rim) of the (second) hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and in the inside of the (second) hole , an insert holder. In the (second) hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is smaller than the external shape of the projection, the projection of the component can be easily inserted into the surface of the (second) hole, and the insertion holding portion provided inside the (second) hole (second ) is configured to be able to hold the protrusion inserted into the hole. However, plate bodies have individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing irregularities, and the function of the insertion receiving portion or insertion holding portion of the (second) hole deteriorates due to the effects of these individual differences. may be lost.

Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed large due to individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large, The insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is also formed large, and the protrusion of the component inserted inside the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the component is securely fixed to the plate. A situation was occurring that did not. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, resulting in a protrusion. A situation has arisen in which the part is not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the part is not securely fixed to the plate.

Therefore, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion in the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the hole has a predetermined depth. wherein the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion provided in the insertion receiving portion extends the size of the insertion receiving portion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth. It is formed smaller than the outline of the protrusion. In addition, the elastic force of the plate is constantly applied to the protrusion over a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole by the constant load means of the holding part. With this configuration, the size of the insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the projection on the surface of the hole, so that the projection can be easily inserted into the hole, and the projection can be easily inserted from a predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. Since the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the projection, the projection inserted into the hole can be held. In addition, the elastic force of the plate can be constantly applied to the projection by the constant load means of the holding portion to hold the projection. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held continuously.

In gaming machine D7,
The gaming machine D8 is characterized in that the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured so as to gradually decrease in depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

According to the gaming machine D8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D7, the following effects are exhibited. Namely
The size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction. As a result, the insertion of the protrusion is received from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined portion, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to a predetermined depth, and the protrusion is gradually removed from the predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. In addition, the elastic force of the plate loaded on the protrusion can be strengthened. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held continuously.

In any of gaming machines D0 to D8,
At least two holding portions are provided,
A gaming machine D9 characterized in that at least two holding portions are formed in the hole so as to face each other.

According to the game machine D9, in addition to the effects of the game machines D0 to D8, the following effects are achieved. That is, at least two holding portions are provided, and at least two holding portions are formed to face each other in the hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched by the holding portion of the hole, so that the force for holding the projecting portion increases and the projecting portion can be prevented from jumping out of the hole. There is

In any of gaming machines D0 to D9,
At least two insertion receiving portions are provided,
A gaming machine D10 characterized in that at least two insertion receiving portions are formed in the hole so as to face each other.

The game machine D10 has the following effects in addition to the effects of the game machines D0 to D9. That is, at least two insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the hole. As a result, the projecting portion of the part can be inserted into the space formed by one insertion receiving portion and the other insertion receiving portion of the hole, so that the projection can be easily inserted into the hole. There is

In the gaming machine D10,
in the hole,
One holding portion and another holding portion are formed to face each other,
A gaming machine D11 characterized in that one insertion receiving portion and another insertion receiving portion are formed facing each other.

According to the gaming machine D11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D10, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the hole, one holding portion and another holding portion are formed to face each other, and one insertion receiving portion and another insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other. As a result, the projection can be easily inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portions formed so as to face each other, and the projection is held by the holding portions formed so as to face each other. can be done. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held continuously.

<Group E>
A plate (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played with game media on the front side, and a plurality of parts fixed to the front side of the plate (for example, a start winning opening unit) 4, through gate 7 and main display unit 87), and a game machine equipped with a game board (for example, game board 13),
The parts are
a base in contact with the plate (for example, a starting base 4e, a through base 7b and a main display base 87f);
Projections (for example, start projections 4i and 4j, through projections 7e and 7f, and main display projections 87j and 87k) provided on the side of the base contacting the plate,
The plate is
an elastically deformable plate member (eg, base plate 60);
a decorative sheet (for example, a cell sheet 60a) attached to the surface of the plate member;
A plurality of types of holes with different shapes (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610, starting positioning holes 620 and 621 or through positioning holes 626 and 627) formed so that the protrusions of the parts can be inserted,
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
A first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609, 610),
A second hole (for example, starting positioning hole 620 , 621 or through positioning holes 626, 627),
The gaming machine E0 is characterized in that the component is arranged on the plate through either the first hole or the second hole based on the transparency of the base.

According to the gaming machine E0, a game area in which a game is played using game media is formed on the front side of the plate, a plurality of parts are fixed to the front side of the plate, and the plate and the plurality of parts form a game board. The plurality of parts are provided with a base that contacts the plate, and a protrusion is provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate. The plate body is provided with an elastically deformable plate member, a decorative sheet is attached to the surface of the plate member, and a plurality of types of holes with different shapes into which projections of parts can be inserted are formed. Further, in the first hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and having the first constant load means, the plate member is attached to the protrusion over a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. of elastic force is given. In addition, in the second hole having the second insertion receiving portion, the insertion receiving portion is formed such that the hole surface side (hole edge) is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion and the outer shape of the protrusion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole. be. Then, depending on the transparency of the base of the part, the part is placed in the plate either through the first hole or the second hole.

Since the plate member forming the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, when the plate body punching tool for forming the hole is inserted into the plate body to form the hole, the plate member is inserted into the hole. When the plate punching tool is pulled out, a load due to elastic deformation of the plate member is applied to the plate punching tool. In addition, a decorative sheet is attached to the surface of the plate member. While the setting tool is being pulled out, the decorative sheet attached to the plate member also keeps contacting the plate-piercing tool due to the elastic deformation of the plate member. Due to the contact, the decorative sheet is peeled off from the plate member, and the decorative sheet is torn and peeled off at the edge of the hole.

Here, the first hole is formed to have the first constant load means from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth of the hole. Therefore, when the first plate punching tool for the first hole is pulled out from the plate member, the decoration sheet comes into contact with the first plate punching tool under the influence of the first constant load means of the plate member. keep doing Therefore, the decorative sheet is peeled off relatively large on the hole surface (hole edge) of the first hole.

On the other hand, the size of the second hole is large at the hole surface (hole edge) and small at a predetermined depth of the hole. Therefore, when the second plate punching tool for the second hole is pulled out from the plate member, contact between the second plate punching tool and the plate member and the decorative sheet can be suppressed. Therefore, the decorative sheet is not so much peeled off from the hole surface (hole edge) of the second hole.

In this way, the size of peeling of the decorative sheet is different for each type of hole, but if the base of the component is transparent, the back side of the base can be seen. For this reason, the delamination formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the hole can be seen by the player, and the decorativeness of the gaming machine is reduced. In such a case, the component is placed in the plate either through the first hole or the second hole, depending on the transparency of the base of the component.

Therefore, for example, since the back side of a component with a transparent base is clearly visible, the component is arranged on the plate using the second hole that does not reduce the decorativeness even if the back side is visible. In addition, since the back side of a component whose base is opaque cannot be seen, the component is mounted on the plate using the first hole. In this way, by making the holes for holding the protrusions different according to the transparency of the base of the part, it is possible to prevent deterioration of the decorativeness when peeling of the decorative sheet is visible due to the transparency of the part. has the effect of being able to

In gaming machine E0,
The second hole is
a pure second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620 and 621) having only the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
a third insertion receiving portion that is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole and smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at the predetermined depth; a compound second hole (e.g., through positioning holes 626, 627) having a third constant load means for constantly applying the elastic force of the plate member to the protrusion over a depth of with
The first hole has a first peeling portion (for example, a straight peeling portion 60b) in which the decorative sheet is peeled from the plate member at the edge of the first hole,
The pure second hole has a pure second peeling portion (for example, a tapered peeling portion 60c) formed smaller than the first peeling portion at the hole edge of the pure second hole,
The composite second hole is smaller than the first peeling portion and larger than the pure second peeling portion at the hole edge of the composite second hole (for example, the hybrid tapered peeling portion 60d and the has a hybrid straight peeling portion 60e),
The game machine, wherein the component is disposed on the plate by any one of the first hole, the pure second hole, or the composite second hole provided based on the transparency of the base. E1.

According to the gaming machine E1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the pure second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the second insertion receiving portion receives the insertion of the protrusion. In addition, in the composite second hole having the third insertion receiving portion and the third constant load means, the insertion of the projection is received by the third insertion receiving portion and is inserted into the composite second hole by the third constant load means. The elastic force of the plate member is applied to the protrusion. Furthermore, on the hole surface (hole edge) of the first hole, a first peeled portion is formed in which the decorative sheet is peeled from the plate member, and on the hole surface (hole edge) of the pure second hole, formed smaller than the first peeled portion. A pure second peeled portion is formed, and a composite second peeled portion formed smaller than the first peeled portion and larger than the pure second peeled portion is formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole. . Then, depending on the transparency of the base of the part, the part is disposed on the plate with either the primary hole, the pure secondary hole or the compound secondary hole.

The composite second bore is formed to have a third constant load means from the bore surface (edge of the bore) to a predetermined depth of the bore. Therefore, when the third plate punching tool for the composite second hole is pulled out from the plate member, the decoration sheet is affected by the third constant load means of the plate member and the third plate punching tool is pulled out. stay in touch. In addition, the composite second hole is formed in the third insertion receiving portion such that the size of the hole is large on the surface of the hole (hole edge) and small at a predetermined depth of the hole. When the tool is pulled out from the plate member, contact between the third plate drilling tool and the plate member and the decorative sheet can be suppressed. Therefore, the composite second peeling portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is formed under the influence of the third constant load means, but the composite second hole is formed by the third constant load means and the third Therefore, the composite second peeling portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is limited to the vicinity of the third constant load means. Therefore, the composite second peeled portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is formed smaller than the first peeled portion and larger than the pure second peeled portion.

In this way, each type of hole is configured to have a different size for each peeled portion. The peeled portion formed on the edge of the game machine is visible to the player, and the decorativeness of the game machine is reduced. In such cases, depending on the transparency of the base of the part, the part is arranged in the plate with either a primary hole, a pure secondary hole or a compound secondary hole.

Since the first peeling portion formed on the surface of the first hole is relatively large, it is unsightly and reduces the decorativeness of the gaming machine. On the other hand, since the pure second peeling portion formed on the surface of the hole of the pure second hole is formed smaller than the first peeling portion, the decorativeness of the game machine is not deteriorated. In addition, since the composite second peeling portion formed on the surface of the hole of the composite second hole is smaller than the first peeling portion and larger than the pure second peeling portion, it is more decorative than the pure second hole. Although it decreases, the decorativeness does not decrease as much as the first hole.

Therefore, for example, since the back side of a component with a transparent base is clearly visible, the component is arranged on the plate using a pure second hole that does not reduce the decorativeness even if the back side is visible. In addition, since the back side of the part whose base is opaque is not visible, the first peeled part is formed, but the part is arranged on the plate using the first hole that facilitates holding the protrusion by the first constant load means. set up. Furthermore, since the back side of a part having a semi-transparent base can be seen to some extent, even if the back side is visible, the decorativeness of the part is not reduced so much, and the composite second hole that facilitates holding the protrusion by the third constant load means is provided. are used to place the parts on the plate.

In this way, by holding the protrusion using a hole corresponding to the transparency of the base of the part, priority is given to preventing deterioration of decorativeness when the peeled part is visible due to the transparency of the part. It is possible to select whether to give priority to fixation of the part, and to continue to hold the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole without lowering the decorativeness of the game machine. Therefore, it is possible to prevent parts having different characteristics from coming off from the board while preventing the decorativeness of the game machine from deteriorating, thereby improving the mounting performance of the parts to the game board. be.

<Group F>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, and a component (for example, a through gate 7) arranged on the front side of the plate body. A method for manufacturing a game machine comprising a game board (for example, a game board 13) comprising:
a hole forming step (for example, a component positioning hole forming step (S201)) of forming a hole (for example, a through positioning hole 627) in the plate;
a component placing step (for example, an attacker unit placing step (S206)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate;
a conveying step (for example, a first conveying step) of conveying the plate;
a transport stop step of stopping transport of the plate (for example, when transporting the game board 13 from the attacker unit placing step (S206) in the first transport step to the main display unit placing step (S207));
A game board is formed through a part fixing step (for example, a first screwing step (S212)) of fixing the parts placed on the plate whose transport has been stopped by fixing tools (for example, screws). ,
In the hole forming step, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole,
an insertion receiving portion (for example, through taper portion 627b) that receives insertion of the protrusion into the hole;
A manufacturing method F0 of a game machine, characterized by forming a holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) for holding the protrusion inserted into the hole.

According to the game machine manufacturing method F0, a game area in which a game is played using a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate, parts are arranged on the front side of the plate, and the game is formed by the plate and the parts. A board is provided, and a hole for inserting the protrusion of the component is formed in the plate by the hole forming means, and the component is placed on the plate by inserting the protrusion into the hole by the component placement step and conveyed. The plate is transported by the step, the transport of the plate is stopped by the transport stop step, and the parts placed on the plate whose transport is stopped are fixed by the fixture by the component fixing step. After that, a game board is formed. Further, in the hole forming step, an insertion receiving portion for receiving insertion of the protrusion into the hole and a holding portion for holding the protrusion inserted into the hole are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. . As a result, the projection of the component is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the projection of the component is held by the holding portion similarly formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. part can be retained. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the component from being detached from the plate in the step of conveying the plate and the step of stopping the transfer.

In the gaming machine manufacturing method F0,
A manufacturing method F1 of a gaming machine, wherein in the hole forming step, the hole is formed so that the holding portion is positioned on the front side or the rear side of the plate in the conveying direction.

According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine manufacturing method F0, the following effects are obtained. That is, in the hole forming step, the holes are formed such that the holding portion is positioned on the front side or the rear side in the conveying direction of the plate.

Conventionally, inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the plate being transported in the transport process. Then, when the conveying of the plate is stopped by the conveying stop step, the component placed on the plate is subjected to an impact based on the inertial force. Further, in the transfer process, when the stopped plate starts to be transferred, an impact based on inertia is applied to the parts placed on the plate in a stopped state. Since the parts placed on the plate before the part fixing process are not fixed to the plate by the fixtures, there is a risk that the placement position of the parts may be displaced due to the impact generated during the transfer process and the transfer stop process. . Therefore, a projecting part is formed on the part, a hole is formed in the plate, the projecting part is inserted into the hole, the part is held against the plate, and the position where the game part is placed is changed when the plate is conveyed. It is constructed so that it does not slip. In such a situation, the projecting part may pop out of the hole depending on the impact that occurs when the plate is stopped, etc., and there is a risk that the position where the game part is placed will be displaced with respect to the plate. be.

Therefore, in the hole forming step, by forming the holding portion of the hole on the front side or the rear side of the conveying direction of the plate, when the impact in the conveying direction due to the stop of conveying the plate is applied to the part However, it is configured so that the projecting portion of the part and the holding portion of the hole interfere with each other. With this configuration, even when the parts are subjected to an impact based on the inertial force in the conveying direction due to, for example, when the conveying of the plate is stopped, the protrusions and the holding portions interfere with each other, It is possible to prevent the part from jumping out of the hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the shift of the placement position of the component due to the stoppage of the transport of the plate or the like.

In the gaming machine manufacturing method F1,
In the conveying step, the plate is conveyed so that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is perpendicular to the conveying direction of the plate;
A game machine manufacturing method F2, wherein, in the hole forming step, the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the hole in a direction intersecting a vertical direction of the plate in a front view.

According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine manufacturing method F1, the following effects are obtained. That is, in the conveying step, the plate is conveyed so that the vertical direction in front view is perpendicular to the conveying direction, and in the hole forming step, the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the hole in a direction intersecting the vertical direction in front view of the plate. be. As a result, for example, even when the part is subjected to an impact in the direction of conveyance due to the stoppage of conveyance of the plate, the projecting portion of the part and the holding portion of the hole are configured to interfere with each other. That is, in the transfer stop step, even if the part is subjected to an impact based on the inertial force in the transfer direction due to the stop of the transfer of the plate, the protrusion and the holding part interfere with each other, so that the protrusion does not move. It is possible to prevent it from jumping out of the hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the shift of the placement position of the component due to the stoppage of the transport of the plate or the like.

In the gaming machine F2,
In the hole forming step,
At least two holding portions are provided,
A game machine manufacturing method F3, wherein the holding portion is formed so as to face a direction intersecting the up-down direction of the plate in the front view in the hole.

According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine manufacturing method F2, the following effects are obtained. That is, in the hole forming step, at least two holding portions are provided, and the holding portions are formed so as to face each other in a direction intersecting the vertical direction of the plate in the hole. As a result, for example, when the transport of the plate is stopped, even if the projecting portion of the part is slightly tilted forward in the transport direction due to the stop of transport of the plate, the one holding portion on the forward side in the transport direction of the hole interferes with the projecting portion, the other holding portion on the rear side of the hole in the conveying direction interferes with the projecting portion, and the projecting portion and the holding portion of 2 interfere with each other. Therefore, even if an impact occurs during transportation of the plate, the projecting portion can be prevented from jumping out of the hole by sandwiching the projecting portion between the two holding portions. There is Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the displacement of the placement position of the component when the plate is conveyed.

In the gaming machine manufacturing method F3,
A manufacturing method F4 of a gaming machine, wherein in the component placing step, the component is placed in a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate.

According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine manufacturing method F3, the following effects are obtained. That is, in the component placement step, the component is placed in a direction perpendicular to the conveying direction of the plate. Therefore, when an operator places a component on the plate from a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate, the operator can perform the work while viewing the plate from the upper side or the lower side when viewed from the front. can. In particular, when working while looking at the plate from the lower side of the plate in front view, the work can be done while looking straight at the plate, which facilitates the work of placing the parts. There is an effect that the working efficiency can be increased and the manufacturing efficiency of the game board can be improved.

<G group>
a large diameter portion (for example, the hybrid collar portion 323);
A small-diameter portion (for example, a hybrid trunk portion 324) having a smaller diameter than the large-diameter portion and provided coaxially with the large-diameter portion;
A plate drilling tool (for example, a hybrid pin 321) provided with a tip portion (for example, a hybrid tip portion 325) having a sharp tip and provided coaxially with the small diameter portion and the large diameter portion ,
The small diameter portion is
A small-diameter straight portion (for example, a hybrid straight portion 324a) formed parallel to the insertion direction;
and a small-diameter tapered portion (for example, a hybrid tapered portion 324b) formed such that the diameter dimension is continuously reduced from the large-diameter portion to the tip portion side. G0.

According to the plate-body punching tool G0, the large-diameter portion, the small-diameter portion having a smaller diameter than the large-diameter portion and provided coaxially with the large-diameter portion, and the small-diameter portion and a tip provided coaxially with the large-diameter part, the small-diameter straight part is formed parallel to the insertion direction in the small-diameter part, and the small-diameter tapered part is continuous from the large-diameter part to the tip part side. formed to have a smaller diameter. As a result, the shape of the hole formed in the plate by the small-diameter portion is provided with a straight portion parallel to the insertion direction and a tapered portion having an inner diameter dimension continuously reduced in the depth direction. That is, the straight portion of the hole can hold the projection portion of the component while inserting the projection portion of the component into the hole by the tapered portion of the hole formed by the plate punching tool G0. Therefore, the hole formed by the plate punching tool G0 allows the projecting portion of the component to be reliably inserted into the hole and continuously held. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts from coming off the plate and to improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

Also, when the plate body punching tool G0 is inserted into the plate body to form a hole, the plate body is elastically deformed while the plate body punching tool G0 that has been inserted into the plate body is being pulled out. contact with the small-diameter tapered portion can be suppressed. Also, the decorative sheet attached to the plate member can be prevented from coming into contact with the small-diameter tapered portion. Therefore, the peeling portion of the decorative sheet formed by the small diameter portion and the decorative sheet coming into contact with each other can be suppressed by the small diameter tapered portion, and the peeling portion of the decorative sheet can be reduced when a hole is formed in the plate. has the effect of being able to

In the plate drilling tool G0,
The plate punching tool is for forming a hole in the plate,
The small-diameter straight portion is a straight tapered portion formed at a position corresponding to the surface side (hole edge) of the hole formed in the plate body so that the diameter dimension increases continuously toward the large-diameter portion. (for example, a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c).

According to the plate body drilling tool G1, in addition to the effects of the plate body drilling tool G0, the following effects are obtained. That is, a hole is formed in the plate by the plate punching tool, and the diameter of the small-diameter straight portion is reduced by the straight taper portion provided at a position corresponding to the surface side (hole edge) of the hole formed in the plate. It is formed so as to continuously increase in size toward the large diameter portion. As a result, when the plate punching tool G1 is pulled out from the plate, the portion of the small-diameter straight portion that contacts the decorative sheet is reduced, so that the small-diameter straight portion and the decorative sheet are formed by contact with each other. There is an effect that the peeled portion of the film can be made small.

<Group H>
A plate (for example, base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, and a component (for example, main display unit 87) fixed to the front side of the plate. In a gaming machine equipped with a game board (for example, a game board 13) configured by
The parts are
a base in contact with the plate (for example, a main display base 87f);
a protrusion (e.g., main display protrusions 87j and 87k) provided on the side of the base in contact with the plate,
The plate has a plurality of holes (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) formed so that the projections of the parts can be inserted,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The holes are provided with constant load means (for example, the inner diameters of the main display positioning holes 609 and 610) that constantly apply the elastic force of the plate to the projections,
The game machine H1 is characterized in that the holes are formed in the plate so that the one hole and the other hole have a predetermined positional relationship.

According to the game machine H1, a game area is formed on the front side of the plate in which games are played using game media, game parts are fixed on the front side of the plate, and the plate and a plurality of parts form a game board. The part is provided with protrusions on the side of the base that contacts the plate, and the plate is formed with a plurality of holes into which the protrusions of the part can be inserted. The plate is elastically deformable, and the elastic force of the plate is constantly applied to the protrusion inserted into the hole by the constant load means provided in the hole. Also, the plate body is formed so that one hole and another hole have a predetermined positional relationship.

The hole is configured to always apply the elastic force of the plate to the protrusion inserted into the hole. For this reason, even when a hole is formed in a plate, the elasticity of the plate against the punching tool for forming the hole is increased while the punching tool is pierced into the plate. gives power. In this case, when the punching tool is pulled out from the plate, if the load applied to the punching tool is stronger than the weight of the plate, the plate will be lifted.

When forming a hole in a plate, for example, if only one side of the plate is lifted and tilted, the position of the hole formed by the drilling tool differs from the design value due to the tilted lift, and the manufacturing Unevenness may occur. Therefore, when forming the holes, a drilling tool is placed on the plate so that one hole and the other holes have a predetermined positional relationship (for example, a relationship in which the holes are evenly arranged on the plate). To prevent the tilting of a plate body and to prevent the occurrence of manufacturing irregularities of holes by arranging and forming holes so that the plate body is lifted without tilting even if the plate body is lifted when a drilling tool is pulled out. has the effect of being able to

It should be noted that the "predetermined positional relationship" may be any arrangement of the holes as long as the holes are arranged so that the plate does not tilt and rise. , a positional relationship in which the holes are arranged symmetrically on the left and right (up and down) of the plate, a positional relationship in which the holes are arranged at equal intervals from the center of the plate, and the like.

<Group I>
A plate (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played with game media on the front side, and a plurality of parts (for example, a plurality of parts fixed adjacent to each other on the front side of the plate). In a gaming machine equipped with a game board (for example, a game board 13) composed of a general winning hole unit 3 and an attacker unit 5),
The plurality of parts are
a base in contact with the plate (for example, a general base 3d and an attacker base 5e);
a protrusion (for example, a general protrusion and an attacker protrusion) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate,
The plate has holes (for example, general positioning holes 611 and 612 and attacker positioning holes 622 to 625) formed so that the protrusions of the parts can be inserted,
a component placing step (for example, an attacker unit placing step (S206) and a general winning hole unit placing step (S213)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate; ,
a conveying step (for example, a first conveying step and a second conveying step) for conveying the plate;
a transport stop step of stopping transport of the plate (for example, when transporting the game board 13 from the attacker unit placing step (S206) in the first transport step to the main display unit placing step (S207));
A game board is formed through a part fixing step (for example, a first screwing step (S212)) of fixing the parts placed on the plate whose transport has been stopped by fixing tools (for example, screws). ,
The parts are a front part (for example, attacker unit 5) that is placed on the plate first, and a rear part (for example, general winning slot unit 3) that is placed on the plate after the front part. , and
the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having a first holding portion for holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
A second hole (for example, attacker positioning holes 622 to 625) having a second insertion receiving portion for receiving insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole,
A game machine I1 characterized in that the protrusion of the tip component is inserted into the second hole.

According to the gaming machine I1, a game area is formed on the front side of the plate in which a game is played using game media, and a plurality of parts arranged adjacent to each other are fixed to the front side of the plate. A game board is constituted by a plurality of parts, and protrusions are provided on the side of the base that is in contact with the plate, and the plate is formed with holes into which the protrusions of the parts can be inserted. In addition, the component placement step inserts the projection into the hole and the component is placed on the plate, the transfer step transfers the plate, and the transfer stop step stops transfer of the plate, and the component is placed on the plate. In the fixing step, the parts placed on the plate whose transport has been stopped are fixed by the fixture, and the game board is formed through the above steps. Furthermore, in the component placement step, the front component is placed on the plate first, and the rear component is placed on the plate after the front component. In addition, the holes have a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, the protrusions are held by a first holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole, and the projections are held by the second hole, A second insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole receives the insertion of the protrusion. Then, in the component placement step, the projecting portion of the front component is inserted into the second hole.

The front part is configured to be placed before the rear part among the parts to be placed on the plate. If the leading component is not securely inserted into the hole, the trailing component to be subsequently placed on the plate may not be placed on the plate properly. Therefore, the front part, which is to be placed on the plate before the rear part, which is arranged adjacently, is placed on the plate by using the second hole having the second insertion receiving portion into which the protrusion is easily inserted. As a result, the front part can be reliably inserted into the second hole, and the front part and the rear part can be reliably placed on the plate.

<Group J>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played using game media on the front side, and a component (for example, a through gate 7) arranged on the front side of the plate body. A game board (for example, a game board 13) comprising
The parts are
a base in contact with the plate (for example, through base 7b);
a protrusion (for example, through protrusions 7e and 7f) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate,
The plate is
A hole (for example, through positioning holes 626, 627) formed so that the protrusion of the component can be inserted,
The holes are
an insertion receiving portion (for example, through taper portion 627b) for receiving insertion of the protrusion into the hole;
a holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) that holds the protrusion inserted into the hole,
A game machine J1 characterized in that the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in a direction intersecting with a direction in which the plate body is conveyed with the projection portion inserted into the hole when the game board is manufactured. .

According to the game machine J1, a game area is formed on the front side of the plate in which a game is played using a game medium, and parts are arranged on the front side of the plate. The part is provided with a protrusion on the side of the base that contacts the plate, the plate is formed with a hole into which the protrusion of the part can be inserted, and the insertion receiving part allows the hole to be inserted into the hole. Insertion of the protrusion is received, and the retainer retains the protrusion inserted into the hole. When the game board is manufactured, a holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in a direction intersecting the direction in which the plate is conveyed with the protrusion inserted into the hole.

Conventionally, when manufacturing a plate, an inertial force is applied in the conveying direction of the plate. Then, when the transport of the plate is stopped, the components placed on the plate are subjected to impact based on the inertial force. Further, when the stopped plate is started to be transported, an impact based on inertia is applied to the parts placed on the plate in a stopped state. If the above impact is applied before the parts placed on the plate are fixed during manufacture of the plate, there is a risk that the placement position of the parts will be displaced. Therefore, the component is formed with a projection, a hole is formed in the plate, and the projection is inserted into the hole to hold the component against the plate. In such a situation, depending on the impact that occurs when the transport of the plate is stopped, the projecting portion may pop out of the hole, and there is a risk that the placement position of the component will be shifted with respect to the plate. .

Therefore, by forming the holding portion provided in the hole at a predetermined position in a direction intersecting the conveying direction of the plate, even if the part is subjected to an impact in the conveying direction due to the stop of conveying the plate, the part can be retained. The protrusion and the holding portion of the hole are configured to be in contact with each other. By configuring in this way, even if an impact based on an inertia force in the conveying direction is applied to the part due to stoppage or start of conveyance of the plate, the protrusion and the holding portion come into contact and interfere with each other. By pushing against each other, it is possible to prevent the protrusion from jumping out of the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the displacement of the placement position of the component when the plate is conveyed.

In addition, for the configuration of any one of the game machines A0 to A9, the game machines B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 A configuration limited in any one may be applied. Further, for any one of the game machines B0 to B26, the game machines A0 to A9, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 A configuration limited in any one may be applied. In addition, for any one of the game machines C0 to C20, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 A configuration limited in any one may be applied. Further, for any one of the game machines D0 to D11, the above game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 A configuration limited in any one may be applied. In addition, for any one of the game machines E0 to E4, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 A configuration limited in any one may be applied. In addition, for the configuration of any one of the game machines F0 to F4, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 A configuration limited in any one may be applied. In addition, for the configuration of any one of the game machines G0 to G1, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, H1, I1, and J1 A configuration limited in any one may be applied. Further, for the configuration of the game machine H1, any one of the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited by. Further, for the configuration of the game machine I1, any one of the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited by. Further, for the configuration of the game machine J1, any one of the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1 1 may be applied. In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration.

In any one of game machines A0-A9, B0-B26, C0-C20, D0-D11, E0-E4, F0-F4, G0-G1, H1, I1, and J1, the game machine is a pachinko game machine. A gaming machine K1 characterized by: Above all, the basic structure of a pachinko game machine is provided with an operating handle, and based on the operation of the operating handle, a ball is shot into a predetermined game area, and the ball hits an operating port arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. For example, the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined period of time, with the requirement of winning a prize (or passing through an activation opening). In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable prize winning device (specific prize winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner to allow the balls to win prizes, and a value corresponding to the number of prizes won Values (including not only prize balls but also data written to magnetic cards, etc.) can be given.

7 through gate (part of parts)
7f through projection (part of projection)
10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
13 game board 60 base plate (a part of the board)
60a cell sheet (part of plate)
321 hybrid pin 627 through positioning hole (part of hole)
627a Through straight part (part of holding part)
627b through taper (part of insertion receiving part)

Claims (1)

The game board comprises a plate body forming a game area in which a game is played with game media on the front side, and a first part and a second part fixed to the front side of the plate body. In gaming machines,
The first part and the second part each comprise:
a game area side portion provided on the game area side of the plate;
a plate-side insertion portion provided on the plate-side ,
The plate includes at least a first shaped hole formed to allow insertion of the plate side insertion portion , and a second shaped hole having a shape different from that of the first shaped hole ,
The second shape hole is
When the second component is attached to the plate, it is configured to have a shape that allows contact with the plate body side insertion portion of the second component at the hole edge of the second shape hole,
The first shape hole is
When the first part is attached to the plate, compared with the contact state between the plate body side insertion portion of the second part and the second shape hole when the second part is attached to the second shape hole , the hole edge of the first shape hole and the plate body side insertion portion of the first component are configured to have a shape that is difficult to contact, or when the first component is attached to the plate body, the first shape configured such that the edge of the hole and the plate-side insertion portion of the first component do not contact each other;
The second part is
A part that is lighter than the first part
A gaming machine characterized by:

Images